This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'v0_9_15'.v0_9_15

svn path=/tags/v0_9_15/; revision=389

86 files changed, 0 insertions, 16342 deletions

diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index de921a26..00000000
--- a/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-aclocal.m4
-config.guess
-config.h.in
-config.sub
-configure
-ltconfig
-ltmain.sh
-config.log
-config.h
-config.cache
-libtool
-config.status
-stamp-h
-stamp.h
diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/AUTHORS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e88fab1..00000000
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-1998-02-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* autogen.sh: New sample file.
-	* configure.in: Likewise.
-	* Makefile.am: Likewise.
-	* README: Likewise.
-
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 484f4cf6..00000000
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## if <internationalization support>
-#SUBDIRS = po intl macros support # <your subdirs here>
-## else
-SUBDIRS = macros support # <your subdirs here>
-## endif
-
-## to automatically rebuild aclocal.m4 if any of the macros in
-## `macros/' change
-@MAINT@include macros/macros.dep
-@MAINT@macros/macros.dep: macros/Makefile.am
-@MAINT@	cd macros && $(MAKE) macros.dep
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/README b/README
deleted file mode 100644
index f49049eb..00000000
--- a/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every
-GNOME application.
diff --git a/acconfig.h b/acconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 18ea5c7f..00000000
--- a/acconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-#undef VERSION
-#undef PACKAGE
-#undef HAVE_LIBSM
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ba239f35..00000000
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-srcdir=`dirname $0`
-test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
-
-PKG_NAME="Gnome Skeleton"
-
-(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \
-## put other tests here
-) || {
-    echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the"
-    echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory"
-    exit 1
-}
-
-. $srcdir/macros/autogen.sh
diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b618884a..00000000
--- a/configure.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-AC_INIT(intl)
-
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gnome-common, 0.13)
-
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros)
-
-GNOME_INIT
-
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_STDC_HEADERS
-AC_ARG_PROGRAM
-AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-
-GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS
-
-dnl ## internationalization support
-dnl ALL_LINGUAS=""
-dnl AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-dnl AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(
-Makefile
-dnl ## internationalization support
-dnl po/Makefile.in
-dnl intl/Makefile
-macros/Makefile
-support/Makefile
-stamp.h)
-
-dnl ## internationalization support
-dnl stamp.h],[sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile])
diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd39e7c..00000000
--- a/intl/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-po2msg.sed
-po2tbl.sed
-Makefile
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index ecff6f6b..00000000
--- a/intl/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1022 +0,0 @@
-1997-09-06 02:10  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright.
-
-1997-08-19 15:22  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment.
-
-1997-08-16 00:13  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install.
-
-1997-08-01 14:30  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* cat-compat.c: Fix copyright.
-
-	* localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright.  Fix typos.
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
-	(_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly.
-
-	* gettext.c: Update copyright.
-	* gettext.h: Likewise.
-	* hash-string.h: Likewise.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Remoave dead code.  Define strchr only if
-	!HAVE_STRCHR.
-
-	* explodename.c: Include <sys/types.h>.
-
-	* explodename.c: Reformat copyright text.
-	(_nl_explode_name): Fix typo.
-
-	* dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno.
-	(guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is
-	not defined.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing.
-
-1997-05-01 02:25  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on
-	HAVE_LC_MESSAGES.  We don't need the macro here.
-	Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
-
-	* cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
-	macro.  Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using
-	glibc, as in dcgettext.c.
-	Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
-
-	* Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable.  Reported by Franc,ois
-	Pinard.
-
-Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool.
-
-	* gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel
-	i18n file handling.
-
-Wed Dec  4 20:21:18 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro
-	definition.
-	* localealias.c: Likewise.
-	* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
-	* finddomain.c: Likewise.
-	* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
-	Reported by Thomas Esken.
-
-Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right
-	position.
-
-Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using
- 	bcopy if not already defined.  Reported by Thomas Esken.
-	* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
-	* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
-	* localealias.c: Likewise.
-	* textdomain.c: Likewise.
-
-Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of
- 	prefix.  Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>.
-
-Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case,
-	so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg.
-
-Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after
-	definition of _GNU_SOURCE.  Patch by Roland McGrath.
-
-	* Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and
-	empty arguments.  Patch by Jim Meyering.  Correct name os
-	uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which
-	cannot handle mpty for list.  Reported by Jim Meyering.
-
-Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): Split goal.  Now depend on install-exec
-        and install-data.
-	(install-exec, install-data): New goals.  Created from former
-	install goal.
-	Reported by Karl Berry.
-
-Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable.  Path to
-        mkinstalldirs script.
-	(install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present
-	try to find it in the $top_scrdir).
-
-Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions.
-	Grr.  Work around by renaming the static version and use macros
-	for renaming.
-
-Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions.
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when
-	__argz_* functions are available.
-	Reported by Andreas Schwab.
-
-Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems.
-
-Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable
-	result to __result to prevent name clash.
-
-	* l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to
-        get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp.
-
-	* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of
-	`_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning
-	from gcc's -Wnested-extern option.
-
-Fri Jun  7 01:58:00 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): Remove comment.
-
-Thu Jun  6 17:28:17 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity.
-	Always use an `else' close for `if's.  Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-	* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule.
-	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-Thu Jun  6 01:49:52 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to
-	block_list as the macro calls assume.
-	Patch by Eric Backus.
-
-	* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using
-        malloc.
-	(read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the
-	macro calls assume.
-	Patch by Eric Backus.
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion.
-	Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
-	* Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not
-        all-@USE_NLS@.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not
-        $(srcdir).
-
-	* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal.  If
-	used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file.  If
-	used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with
-	empty body.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into
-	l10nfile.c.  Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy.
-
-	* dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition.
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems.  Patches partly by
-	Thomas Esken.  Add local definition of stpcpy.
-
-Tue Jun  4 02:47:49 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on
-	HAVE_LOCALE_H.  Instead configure must rewrite this fiile
-	depending on the result of the configure run.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst.
-	Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in.
-
-	* libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in.
-
-	* localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1
-        because gcc has __buitlin_alloca.
-	Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
-Mon Jun  3 00:32:16 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of
-        automake's distcheck.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is
-        found.
-
-	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in
-        @datadir@/gettext.
-	(COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c.
-	(OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o.
-	(DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal.  Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
-	(DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
-	(all-gettext): Remove goal.
-	(install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing.  No
-	package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers.
-	(dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too.
-	(dist-gettext): Remove goal.
-
-	* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc.
-
-Sun Jun  2 17:33:06 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from
-        find_l10nfile.
-
-Sat Jun  1 02:23:03 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
-
-	* l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition.
-
-	* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca
-	code.  Use new l10nfile handling.
-
-	* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing
-        alloca code.
-
-	* l10nflist.c: Initial revision.
-
-Tue Apr  2 18:51:18 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal.  Same as all-yes.
-
-Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996  Karl Eichwalder  <ke@ke.central.de>
-
-	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@.
-
-Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>.  Reported by Roland McGrath.
-
-Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing
-        with external declaration.
-
-Sat Mar  2 00:47:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no.
-
-Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up
-        to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization).
-
-	* finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization.
-
-Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'.
-	(all-yes, all_no): New goals.  `all-no' is noop, `all-yes'
-	is former all.
-
-Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996  Howard Gayle  <howard@hal.com>
-
-	* localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop
-        of strcasecmp replacement.
-
-Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-)
-
-Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'.  Failing system calls
-	should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error.
-	Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>.
-
-Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running
-        shell scripts.
-
-Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when
-	we use the own implementation.  Don't do it when using the
-	system's gettext or catgets functions.
-
-	* dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here.
-
-Sat Dec  9 16:24:37 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h,
-	gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c:
-	Use PARAMS instead of __P.  Suggested by Roland McGrath.
-
-Tue Dec  5 11:39:14 1995  Larry Schwimmer  <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu>
-
-	* libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if
-	!_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty.
-
-Mon Dec  4 15:42:07 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-src):
-	Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install.
-
-Sat Dec  2 22:51:38 1995  Marcus Daniels  <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
-
-	* cat-compat.c (textdomain):
-	Reverse order in which files are tried you load.  First
-	try local file, when this failed absolute path.
-
-Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995  Nelson H. F. Beebe  <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-
-	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
-
-Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition.  Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-	* Makefile.in:
-	Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals.  Reported by Tom Tromey.
-
-Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995  Franc,ois Pinard  <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
-
-	* hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
-
-Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
-	characters.  libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
-	libintl.h.install->libintl.inst.  Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
-
-Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995  Eric Backus  <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
-
-	* dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
-
-Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995  Nelson H. F. Beebe  <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-
-	* libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
-	 #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2.  Sad	but true.
-
-Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* hash-string.h (hash_string):
-	Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
-
-	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
-	Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
-
-Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
-	Some further simplifications in message number generation.
-
-Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-src):
-	Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h.  This
-	is a stripped-down version.  Suggested by Peter Miller.
-
-	* libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
-
-	* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
-	Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
-
-Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
-
-Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
-
-	* gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
-	(SWAP): Add prototype.
-
-Wed Nov  8 22:56:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
-	Avoid calling *printf function.  This introduces a big overhead.
-	Patch by Roland McGrath.
-
-Tue Nov  7 14:21:08 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
-
-	* finddomain.c (stpcpy):
-	Define substitution function local.  The macro was to flaky.
-
-	* cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
-
-	* xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
-	While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
-
-	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
-	leading 0s we don't need to remove them.  Reported by Marcus
-	Daniels.
-
-	* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
-	dependency.  Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
-	* cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
-	Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
-
-	* Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment.  By Franc,ois Pinard.
-
-Mon Nov  6 00:27:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
-	if we use an available gettext implementation.
-
-Sun Nov  5 22:02:08 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS.  Reported
-	by Franc,ois Pinard.
-
-	* libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
-
-	* finddomain.c:
-	Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
-
-Sun Nov  5 19:38:01 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split.  Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
-	DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
-	DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
-
-Sun Nov  5 17:32:54 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
-	This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
-	ago.  I really don't know this is still not fixed.
-
-Sun Nov  5 12:43:12 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL.  This
-	might mark a special condition.
-
-	* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
-
-	* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
-	Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
-
-	* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
-
-Fri Nov  3 07:36:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
-	Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
-
-	* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
-	Capitalize macro arguments.
-
-Thu Nov  2 23:15:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
-	Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
-	Reported by Tom Tromey.
-
-	* gettext.c (NULL):
-	Define as (void*)0 instad of 0.  Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
-
-Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
-
-Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
-
-	* localealias.c (alias_compare):
-	Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
-	even dumber than I thought.  Protect call by `isupper'.
-
-Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
-	(install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
-
-Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
-
-	* po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
-
-	* localealias.c:
-	Fix typo and superflous test.  Reported by Christian von Roques.
-
-Fri Oct  6 11:52:05 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
-	Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax.  Now
-	we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
-
-Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
-
-	* Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
-	(COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
-
-	* localealias.c:
-	[_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
-	space clean.
-
-	* dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c:
-	[_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
-	__fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
-	to keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
-	* finddomain.c:
-	[_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
-	* dcgettext.c:
-	[_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
-	keep ANSI C name space clean.
-
-	* libgettext.h:
-	Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
-	Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
-	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
-
-	* textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
-	compiling for glibc.  Include all those standard headers
-	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
-	* localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
-
-	* gettext.c:
-	Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
-	Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
-	compiling for glibc.  Include all those standard headers
-	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
-
-	* dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
-	if _LIBC is defined.
-
-	* dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
-	libgettext.h.
-	(locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
-
-	* dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
-	libgettext.h.
-	(getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c:
-	If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
-
-Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
-	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
-	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
-	String used in putenv must not be recycled.
-	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
-	* libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
-	Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
-	library.
-
-	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
-	Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
-	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
-
-Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
-
-	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
-	While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
-	higher level variable with same name.  Rename to `tp'.
-
-	* textdomain.c (textdomain):
-	Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
-
-Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* localealias.c (alias_compare):
-	Use strcasecmp() only if available.  Else use
-	implementation in place.
-
-	* intl-compat.c:
-	Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
-
-	* libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
-
-	* cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
-	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
-	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
-	standalone.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c:
-	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
-	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
-	standalone.
-	Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
-	* dgettext.c:
-	Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
-	* gettext.c:
-	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
-	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
-	standalone.
-	Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
-
-	* dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
-	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
-	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
-	standalone.
-
-Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
- 	locale definitions.
-
-Thu Sep  7 01:49:28 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
-
-	* gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
-
-Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
-
-	* Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install.  This helps
- 	gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
- 	install goal.
-
-Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
-
-Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* VERSION.in: Initial revision.
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
-	Add VERSION file.  This is not necessary for gettext, but
-	for other packages using this library.
-
-Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
-	New prototype after changing search strategy.
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
-	We now try only to find a specified catalog.  Fall back to other
-	catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
-
-	* dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
-	Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
-	I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
- 	in the locale list a tried.  Formerly fall back was only possible
- 	within one language.  Implemented by moving one loop from
- 	_nl_find_domain to here.
-
-Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
-	Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
-	available.
-	(INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
-	(gettext-src): New.  Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
-	gettextize shell script.
-
-Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
-	Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
-	also available.
-
-	* Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
-
-Wed Aug  9 11:04:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
-	Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
-
-	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
-	Handle long lines.  Ignore the rest not fitting in
-	the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
-
-Wed Aug  9 00:54:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
-	Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
-	Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
-	(expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
- 	exist anymore.
-
-	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
-	Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
-	(xmalloc): Add prototype.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
-
-Tue Aug  8 22:30:39 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
-	Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
-
-	* Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable.  Set to preliminary value.
-	(SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
-	(OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
-
-	* gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
-
-	* localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
-
-Mon Aug  7 23:47:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
-
-	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
-	Correct implementation.  dirname parameter was not used.
-	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
-
-	* gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
-	New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
-	message handling implementation.
-
-	* dcgettext.c:
-	Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
-  	Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
-	(find_msg): New function.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
-	Complete rewrite.  Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
-  	We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
- 	a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
-  	Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
- 	of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
-
-Sat Aug  5 09:55:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (unistd.h):
-	Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
-
-Fri Aug  4 22:42:00 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
-
-	* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
-
-Wed Aug  2 18:52:03 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
-
-Tue Aug  1 20:07:11 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
-	(TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
- 	not $(srcdir).
-	(ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
-	(distclean): Remove ID.
-
-Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
-	New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
-	(DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
-
-	* finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
-	Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
-	to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
-
-	* intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
-	Undefine macros before function definition.
-
-Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
-	Protect definition in case where this file is included as
-	libgettext.h on Solaris machines.  Add comment about this.
-
-Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
-
-Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
-
-	* dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
- 	__dcgettext.
-
-	* gettext.c (gettext):
-	Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
-
-	* textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
- 	__bindtextdomain.
-
-	* intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
-
-	* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
-	(OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
-  	OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
- 	and intl-compat.o.
-  	(GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
-
-	* libgettext.h:
-	Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
-	For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
-
-	* finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
-	(_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
-
-Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
-
-	* xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
-	A little bit better comments.
-
-Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in:
-	po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
-
-	* po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
-	Moved to ../misc/.
-
-	* libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
-
-Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
-	(install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
-
-	* po-mode.el (Installation comment):
-	Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
-
-Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
- 	fail when not compiling in the source directory.
-
-Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
-	Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
-
-	* Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
-	(install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
-	(install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
- 	beginning, not in front of echo.  Reported by Eric Backus.
-
-Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
-	Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
-	file systems.
-
-	* gettext.perl:
- 	Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
-
-Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
-
-Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
-
-	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
-	Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
-
-	* hash-string.h (hash_string):
-	Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
-
-	* gettext.h (nls_uint32):
-	Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
-
-	* cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
-
-Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
-	(DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
-	Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
-	(install-data): install $ELCFILES
-	(clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
-
-	* elisp-comp: Initial revision
-
-Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in:
-	cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/.  This enables us to use an identical
-	intl/ directory in all packages.
-
-	* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
-
-	* textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
-
-Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
-	(DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
-
-	* po-to-tbl.sed.in:
-	add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
-
-Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
-
-	* loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
-
-	* libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
-	Allow use in C++ programs.
-	Define NULL is not happened already.
-
-	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
-	po-to-tbl.sed.
-	(distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
-
-	* tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
-	Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
-
-Tue Jul  4 00:41:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
-
-	* cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
- 	Define getenv if !__STDC__.
-
-	* bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
- 	Define free if !__STDC__.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
- 	Define free if !__STDC__.
-
-	* cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
-
-Mon Jul  3 23:56:30 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
-	Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
-
-	* makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
-
-	* po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
-
-	* tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
-
-	* dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
-
-	* gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
-
-	* finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
-
-	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
-
-	* po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
-
-	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
-
-Sun Jul  2 23:55:03 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
-
-Sun Jul  2 02:06:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
-
-	* First official release.  This directory contains all the code
-	needed to internationalize own packages.  It provides functions
-	which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
-	like the Uniforum gettext function.  For system which does not
-	have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b538d9..00000000
--- a/intl/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
-includedir = $(prefix)/include
-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
-gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir):.
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-
-l = @l@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
--DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c
-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo
-CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
-xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) $<
-.c.lo:
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-
-all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
-all-no:
-
-libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
-	rm -f $@
-	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
-	$(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
-		   -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
-
-../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
-	cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
-
-check: all
-
-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
-# only use the library should use install instead.
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library or use the catgets interface.  A special case is
-# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
-	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
-	  if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
-	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
-	  else \
-	    $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
-	  fi; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-install-data: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
-	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
-	  else \
-	    $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
-	  fi; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
-	  dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
-	dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
-	for file in $$dists; do \
-	  rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-
-info dvi:
-
-$(OBJECTS): $(top_builddir)/config.h libgettext.h
-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
-	rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
-	else \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
-	fi; \
-	for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
-	  ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
-	done
-
-distcopy: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)";
-	for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
-	  ln $(srcdir)/$$file ../$(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file ../$(distdir); \
-	done
-
-dist-libc:
-	tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
-# packages.  Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
-# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
-@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-@GT_YES@	cd $(top_builddir) \
-@GT_YES@	&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
-@GT_YES@	  $(SHELL) ./config.status
-@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
-@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION
deleted file mode 100644
index d31950a6..00000000
--- a/intl/VERSION
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.32
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fcb8d9f..00000000
--- a/intl/bindtextdom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
-#endif
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  struct binding *binding;
-
-  /* Some sanity checks.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
-    return NULL;
-
-  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
-    {
-      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
-      if (compare == 0)
-	/* We found it!  */
-	break;
-      if (compare < 0)
-	{
-	  /* It is not in the list.  */
-	  binding = NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (dirname == NULL)
-    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
-    return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
-
-  if (binding != NULL)
-    {
-      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
-	 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
-	 old binding.  */
-      if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
-	{
-	  char *new_dirname;
-
-	  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-	    new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-	  else
-	    {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-	      new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
-	      if (new_dirname == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-#else
-	      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-	      new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
-	      if (new_dirname == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-
-	      memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
-#endif
-	    }
-
-	  if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-	    free (binding->dirname);
-
-	  binding->dirname = new_dirname;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
-      size_t len;
-      struct binding *new_binding =
-	(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
-
-      if (new_binding == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-      new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
-      if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-#else
-      len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
-      new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-#endif
-
-      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-      else
-	{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-	  new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
-	  if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
-	    return NULL;
-#else
-	  len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
-	  if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
-	    return NULL;
-	  memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
-#endif
-	}
-
-      /* Now enqueue it.  */
-      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
-	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
-	{
-	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  while (binding->next != NULL
-		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
-	    binding = binding->next;
-
-	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
-	  binding->next = new_binding;
-	}
-
-      binding = new_binding;
-    }
-
-  return binding->dirname;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 867d901b..00000000
--- a/intl/cat-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-# include <nl_types.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgettext.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
-   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
-     setting of `local'.''
-   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
-   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
-   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* The catalog descriptor.  */
-static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
-
-/* Name of the default catalog.  */
-static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
-
-/* Name of currently used catalog.  */
-static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
-
-/* Get ID for given string.  If not found return -1.  */
-static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
-
-/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-#endif
-
-
-/* Set currently used domain/catalog.  */
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  nl_catd new_catalog;
-  char *new_name;
-  size_t new_name_len;
-  char *lang;
-
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
-    && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-  lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
-#else
-  lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
-      if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-	lang = getenv ("LANG");
-    }
-#endif
-  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
-    lang = "C";
-
-  /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return (char *) catalog_name;
-
-  if (domainname[0] == '\0')
-    domainname = default_catalog_name;
-
-  /* Compute length of added path element.  */
-  new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
-		 + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
-		 + sizeof (".cat");
-
-  new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
-  if (new_name == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
-  new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
-  if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-    {
-      /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
-      sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
-	       PACKAGE);
-      new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
-      if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-	{
-	  free (new_name);
-	  return (char *) catalog_name;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Close old catalog.  */
-  if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
-    catclose (catalog);
-  if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
-    free ((char *) catalog_name);
-
-  catalog = new_catalog;
-  catalog_name = new_name;
-
-  return (char *) catalog_name;
-}
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
-  char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
-  size_t new_val_len;
-
-  /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Compute length of added path element.  If we use setenv we don't need
-     the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
-     peanuts.  */
-  new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
-		+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-
-  old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
-  if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      old_val = NULL;
-      new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
-	             + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-    }
-  else
-    new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
-
-  new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
-  if (new_val == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
-  cp = new_val;
-# else
-  cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
-# endif
-
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
-
-  if (old_val == NULL)
-    {
-# if __STDC__
-      stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# else
-
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
-      stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# endif
-    }
-  else
-    stpcpy (cp, old_val);
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
-  setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
-  free (new_val);
-# else
-  putenv (new_val);
-  /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered.  It is used
-     from now on.   */
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
-  return (char *) domainname;
-}
-
-#undef gettext
-char *
-gettext (msg)
-     const char *msg;
-{
-  int msgid;
-
-  if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
-    return (char *) msg;
-
-  /* Get the message from the catalog.  We always use set number 1.
-     The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
-     which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'.  */
-  msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
-  if (msgid == -1)
-    return (char *) msg;
-
-  return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
-}
-
-/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
-   for the one equal to msg.  If it is found return the ID.  In case when
-   the string is not found return -1.  */
-static int
-msg_to_cat_id (msg)
-     const char *msg;
-{
-  int cnt;
-
-  for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
-    if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
-      return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
-
-  return -1;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a316bfd1..00000000
--- a/intl/dcgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,593 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# define stpcpy __stpcpy
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
-   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
-   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
-#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
-#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
-   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
-     setting of `local'.''
-   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
-   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
-   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
-   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
-   calls.  */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
-			       const char *msgid));
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category));
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
-						 const char *categoryname));
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done.  */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
-  void *address;
-  struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
-    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
-       the list.  */							      \
-    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
-      newp->address = (addr);						      \
-      newp->next = (list);						      \
-      (list) = newp;							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    while (list != NULL) {						      \
-      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
-      list = list->next;						      \
-      free (old);							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif	/* have alloca */
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
-  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-  struct binding *binding;
-  const char *categoryname;
-  const char *categoryvalue;
-  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
-  char *single_locale;
-  char *retval;
-  int saved_errno = errno;
-
-  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
-  if (msgid == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
-     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
-     defintion left this undefined.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-  /* First find matching binding.  */
-  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
-    {
-      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
-      if (compare == 0)
-	/* We found it!  */
-	break;
-      if (compare < 0)
-	{
-	  /* It is not in the list.  */
-	  binding = NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (binding == NULL)
-    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-  else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
-    dirname = binding->dirname;
-  else
-    {
-      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
-      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
-      size_t path_max;
-      char *ret;
-
-      path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
-      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
-
-      dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
-      ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
-      __set_errno (0);
-      while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
-	{
-	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
-	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
-	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-	  __set_errno (0);
-	}
-
-      if (ret == NULL)
-	{
-	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
-	     error but simply return the default string.  */
-	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
-	  return (char *) msgid;
-	}
-
-      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
-    }
-
-  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
-  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
-  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
-  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
-				 + strlen (domainname) + 5);
-  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
-  stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
-		  domainname),
-	  ".mo");
-
-  /* Creating working area.  */
-  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
-  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
-  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
-     got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation.  */
-  while (1)
-    {
-      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
-      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
-	++categoryvalue;
-      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
-	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
-	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
-	     will take place.  */
-	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
-	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  char *cp = single_locale;
-	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
-	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
-	  *cp = '\0';
-	}
-
-      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
-	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
-      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
-	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
-	{
-	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
-	  return (char *) msgid;
-	}
-
-
-      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
-	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
-      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
-
-      if (domain != NULL)
-	{
-	  retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
-
-	  if (retval == NULL)
-	    {
-	      int cnt;
-
-	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-		{
-		  retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
-
-		  if (retval != NULL)
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (retval != NULL)
-	    {
-	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
-	      return retval;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif
-
-
-static char *
-find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  size_t top, act, bottom;
-  struct loaded_domain *domain;
-
-  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
-    _nl_load_domain (domain_file);
-
-  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
-  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
-  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Use the hashing table.  */
-      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
-      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
-      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
-      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-      nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
-      if (nstr == 0)
-	/* Hash table entry is empty.  */
-	return NULL;
-
-      if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
-	  && strcmp (msgid,
-		     domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
-				       domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
-	return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
-					  domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
-
-      while (1)
-	{
-	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
-	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
-	  else
-	    idx += incr;
-
-	  nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-	  if (nstr == 0)
-	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
-	    return NULL;
-
-	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
-	      && strcmp (msgid,
-			 domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
-					   domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
-	         == 0)
-	    return (char *) domain->data
-	      + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
-	}
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-    }
-
-  /* Now we try the default method:  binary search in the sorted
-     array of messages.  */
-  bottom = 0;
-  top = domain->nstrings;
-  while (bottom < top)
-    {
-      int cmp_val;
-
-      act = (bottom + top) / 2;
-      cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
-			       + W (domain->must_swap,
-				    domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
-      if (cmp_val < 0)
-	top = act;
-      else if (cmp_val > 0)
-	bottom = act + 1;
-      else
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* If an translation is found return this.  */
-  return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
-                                + W (domain->must_swap,
-				     domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
-}
-
-
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
-static const char *
-category_to_name (category)
-     int category;
-{
-  const char *retval;
-
-  switch (category)
-  {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
-  case LC_COLLATE:
-    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
-  case LC_CTYPE:
-    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
-  case LC_MONETARY:
-    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
-  case LC_NUMERIC:
-    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
-  case LC_TIME:
-    retval = "LC_TIME";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
-  case LC_MESSAGES:
-    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
-  case LC_RESPONSE:
-    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
-    break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
-  case LC_ALL:
-    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
-       value.  */
-    retval = "LC_ALL";
-    break;
-#endif
-  default:
-    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
-    retval = "LC_XXX";
-  }
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
-static const char *
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
-     int category;
-     const char *categoryname;
-{
-  const char *retval;
-
-  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
-     variable.  This is a GNU extension.  */
-  retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
-  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
-    return retval;
-
-  /* `LANGUAGE' is not set.  So we have to proceed with the POSIX
-     methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some
-     systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself.  */
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-  return setlocale (category, NULL);
-#else
-  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
-  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
-    return retval;
-
-  /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
-  retval = getenv (categoryname);
-  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
-    return retval;
-
-  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
-  retval = getenv ("LANG");
-  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
-    return retval;
-
-  /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is implementation
-     defined.  */
-  return "C";
-#endif
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fde6770..00000000
--- a/intl/dgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* dgettext.c -- implementation of the dgettext(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 37c46e9d..00000000
--- a/intl/explodename.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
-		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
-     char *name;
-     const char **language;
-     const char **modifier;
-     const char **territory;
-     const char **codeset;
-     const char **normalized_codeset;
-     const char **special;
-     const char **sponsor;
-     const char **revision;
-{
-  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
-  char *cp;
-  int mask;
-
-  *modifier = NULL;
-  *territory = NULL;
-  *codeset = NULL;
-  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
-  *special = NULL;
-  *sponsor = NULL;
-  *revision = NULL;
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = 0;
-  syntax = undecided;
-  *language = cp = name;
-  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
-	 && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
-    ++cp;
-
-  if (*language == cp)
-    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
-       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
-    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
-  else if (cp[0] == '_')
-    {
-      /* Next is the territory.  */
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *territory = ++cp;
-
-      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
-	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= TERRITORY;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '.')
-	{
-	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
-	  syntax = xpg;
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *codeset = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
-	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
-							   cp - *codeset);
-	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
-		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
-	      else
-		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
-    {
-      /* Next is the modifier.  */
-      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *modifier = ++cp;
-
-      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
-	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
-    }
-
-  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
-    {
-      syntax = cen;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '+')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *special = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == ',')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *sponsor = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == '_')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *revision = ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
-     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
-  if (syntax == xpg)
-    {
-      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
-      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
-      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
-    }
-
-  return mask;
-}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ec85d4de..00000000
--- a/intl/finddomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains.  */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
-   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
-   established bindings.  */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
-     const char *dirname;
-     char *locale;
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  const char *language;
-  const char *modifier;
-  const char *territory;
-  const char *codeset;
-  const char *normalized_codeset;
-  const char *special;
-  const char *sponsor;
-  const char *revision;
-  const char *alias_value;
-  int mask;
-
-  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
-		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
-     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
-	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
-     Beside the first all of them are allowed to be missing.  If the
-     full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
-     looked for.  The various part will be stripped of according to
-     the following order:
-		(1) revision
-		(2) sponsor
-		(3) special
-		(4) codeset
-		(5) normalized codeset
-		(6) territory
-		(7) audience/modifier
-   */
-
-  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
-     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
-			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      /* We know something about this locale.  */
-      int cnt;
-
-      if (retval->decided == 0)
-	_nl_load_domain (retval);
-
-      if (retval->data != NULL)
-	return retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
-
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-    }
-
-  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
-     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
-     done.  */
-  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    {
-      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
-      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (locale == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-    }
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
-			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
-			   &sponsor, &revision);
-
-  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
-     generalization.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
-			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    /* This means we are out of core.  */
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (retval->decided == 0)
-    _nl_load_domain (retval);
-  if (retval->data == NULL)
-    {
-      int cnt;
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    free (locale);
-
-  return retval;
-}
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1336d21e..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
-# else
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#   include <string.h>
-#  else
-#   define NULL ((void *) 0)
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-#else
-# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b4b9e33..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
-   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
-   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
-   doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
-   the resulting executable.  Locally running cross-compiled executables
-   is usually not possible.  */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
-   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
-   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
-   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-#  else
-  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
-     not portable enough.  */
-  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
-  /* The magic number.  */
-  nls_uint32 magic;
-  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
-  nls_uint32 revision;
-  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
-  /* Size of hashing table.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
-  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-};
-
-struct string_desc
-{
-  /* Length of addressed string.  */
-  nls_uint32 length;
-  /* Offset of string in file.  */
-  nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif	/* gettext.h  */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bb8d5523..00000000
--- a/intl/gettextP.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/* Header describing internals of gettext library
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
-
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
-     nls_uint32 i;
-{
-  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-
-
-struct loaded_domain
-{
-  const char *data;
-  int must_swap;
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
-  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
-  nls_uint32 hash_size;
-  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
-};
-
-struct binding
-{
-  struct binding *next;
-  char *domainname;
-  char *dirname;
-};
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
-						 char *__locale,
-						 const char *__domainname));
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain));
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h  */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e66e8417..00000000
--- a/intl/hash-string.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* Implements a string hashing function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_VALUES_H
-# include <values.h>
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
-   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
-   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
-static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long
-hash_string (str_param)
-     const char *str_param;
-{
-  unsigned long int hval, g;
-  const char *str = str_param;
-
-  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
-  hval = 0;
-  while (*str != '\0')
-    {
-      hval <<= 4;
-      hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
-      g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
-      if (g != 0)
-	{
-	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
-	  hval ^= g;
-	}
-    }
-  return hval;
-}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 503efa0f..00000000
--- a/intl/intl-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
-   Library.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgettext.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return gettext__ (msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  return textdomain__ (domainname);
-}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d323cd..00000000
--- a/intl/intlh.inst.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-
-@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
-				int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				     const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
-   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
-   false.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
-   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
-   translations.  */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
-  (__extension__							      \
-   ({									      \
-     char *__result;							      \
-     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
-       {								      \
-	 static char *__translation__;					      \
-	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
-	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
-	   {								      \
-	     __translation__ =						      \
-	       (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
-	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
-	   }								      \
-	 __result = __translation__;					      \
-       }								      \
-     else								      \
-       __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
-     __result;								      \
-    }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e2bc130..00000000
--- a/intl/l10nflist.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,409 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
-     const char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-{
-  size_t count = 0;
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len + 1;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      count++;
-    }
-  return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
-   except the last into the character SEP.  */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-     int sep;
-{
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      if (len > 0)
-	*argz++ = sep;
-    }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
-				  const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t argz_len;
-     const char *entry;
-{
-  if (entry)
-    {
-      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
-        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
-      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
-    }
-  else
-    if (argz_len > 0)
-      return argz;
-    else
-      return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
-     int x;
-{
-  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
-  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
-  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
-  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
-  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
-  return x;
-}
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
-		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
-     const char *dirlist;
-     size_t dirlist_len;
-     int mask;
-     const char *language;
-     const char *territory;
-     const char *codeset;
-     const char *normalized_codeset;
-     const char *modifier;
-     const char *special;
-     const char *sponsor;
-     const char *revision;
-     const char *filename;
-     int do_allocate;
-{
-  char *abs_filename;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  char *cp;
-  size_t entries;
-  int cnt;
-
-  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
-  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
-				  + strlen (language)
-				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
-				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
-				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
-				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
-					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
-					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
-				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
-  if (abs_filename == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval = NULL;
-  last = NULL;
-
-  /* Construct file name.  */
-  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
-  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
-  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
-  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '_';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
-	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
-      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
-    }
-  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '+';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = ',';
-      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
-	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
-      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-	{
-	  *cp++ = '_';
-	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
-	}
-    }
-
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
-  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
-     available.  */
-  last = NULL;
-  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
-    if (retval->filename != NULL)
-      {
-	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
-	if (compare == 0)
-	  /* We found it!  */
-	  break;
-	if (compare < 0)
-	  {
-	    /* It's not in the list.  */
-	    retval = NULL;
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	last = retval;
-      }
-
-  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
-    {
-      free (abs_filename);
-      return retval;
-    }
-
-  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
-    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
-				* (1 << pop (mask))
-				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval->filename = abs_filename;
-  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
-		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
-  retval->data = NULL;
-
-  if (last == NULL)
-    {
-      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
-      *l10nfile_list = retval;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      retval->next = last->next;
-      last->next = retval;
-    }
-
-  entries = 0;
-  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
-     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
-     of the inner loop.  */
-  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
-  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
-    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
-	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
-	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
-      {
-	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
-	char *dir = NULL;
-
-	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
-	       != NULL)
-	  retval->successor[entries++]
-	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
-				  language, territory, codeset,
-				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
-      }
-  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
-   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
-   names.  */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
-     const char *codeset;
-     size_t name_len;
-{
-  int len = 0;
-  int only_digit = 1;
-  char *retval;
-  char *wp;
-  size_t cnt;
-
-  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
-      {
-	++len;
-
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  only_digit = 0;
-      }
-
-  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      if (only_digit)
-	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
-      else
-	wp = retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
-	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
-      *wp = '\0';
-    }
-
-  return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d4de4d0..00000000
--- a/intl/libgettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
-   the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
-   include protection above.  But the systems header might perhaps also
-   define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here.  */
-
-#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) || !defined (_LIBGETTEXT_H)
-#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)
-# define _LIBINTL_H	1
-#endif
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H	1
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL (0)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
-   function.  But some system does not have this defined.  Define it
-   to a default value.  */
-# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface.  Derived from
-   Jim Meyering's libintl.h.  */
-struct _msg_ent
-{
-  const char *_msg;
-  int _msg_number;
-};
-
-
-#if HAVE_CATGETS
-/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
-   generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'.  */
-extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
-extern int _msg_tbl_length;
-#endif
-
-
-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
-   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				 const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
-				int __category));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				    const char *__dirname));
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
-   So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3.  BTW, Solaris 2.4
-   has dcgettext.  */
-# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
-
-#  define gettext(Msgid)						      \
-     dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
-
-#  define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid)					      \
-     dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-#  if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
-   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
-   translations.  */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#   define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category)			      \
-  (__extension__							      \
-   ({									      \
-     char *__result;							      \
-     if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid))					      \
-       {								      \
-	 static char *__translation__;					      \
-	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
-	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
-	   {								      \
-	     __translation__ =						      \
-	       dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category);		      \
-	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
-	   }								      \
-	 __result = __translation__;					      \
-       }								      \
-     else								      \
-       __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category);		      \
-     __result;								      \
-    }))
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-#else
-
-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
-# define textdomain(Domainname) while (0) /* nothing */
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) while (0) /* nothing */
-
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e5b8f9e..00000000
--- a/intl/libintl.glibc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
-Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-Contributed by Ulrich Drepper.
-This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
-
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-#include <features.h>
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#define __need_NULL
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-__BEGIN_DECLS
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			    __const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			      __const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			     __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-			       __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-				  __const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
-				    __const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the function above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
-   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
-   false.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
-  (__extension__							      \
-   ({									      \
-     char *result;							      \
-     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
-       {								      \
-	 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;					      \
-	 static char *__translation__;					      \
-	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
-	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
-	   {								      \
-	     __translation__ =						      \
-	       __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
-	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
-	   }								      \
-	 result = __translation__;					      \
-       }								      \
-     else								      \
-       result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
-     result;								      \
-    }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-__END_DECLS
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index 5918e720..00000000
--- a/intl/linux-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-  s/msgid[ 	]*"//
-#
-# This does not work now with the new format.
-# /"$/! {
-#   s/\\$//
-#   s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-  G
-  s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
-  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
-# Clear substitution flag.
-  tb
-# Append the next line.
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-  P
-  D
-# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use D here.
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-  tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c67c2eb2..00000000
--- a/intl/loadinfo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
-#define CEN_REVISION		1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
-#define XPG_CODESET		16
-#define TERRITORY		32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
-  const char *filename;
-  int decided;
-
-  const void *data;
-
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
-						  size_t name_len));
-
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
-			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
-			    const char *language, const char *territory,
-			    const char *codeset,
-			    const char *normalized_codeset,
-			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
-			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
-			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
-				     const char **modifier,
-				     const char **territory,
-				     const char **codeset,
-				     const char **normalized_codeset,
-				     const char **special,
-				     const char **sponsor,
-				     const char **revision));
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 73e90a91..00000000
--- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/* Load needed message catalogs
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define fstat  __fstat
-# define open   __open
-# define close  __close
-# define read   __read
-# define mmap   __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
-   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
-   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0;
-
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
-   message catalog do nothing.  */
-void
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-{
-  int fd;
-  struct stat st;
-  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || defined _LIBC
-  int use_mmap = 0;
-#endif
-  struct loaded_domain *domain;
-
-  domain_file->decided = 1;
-  domain_file->data = NULL;
-
-  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
-     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
-     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
-     syntax.  */
-  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
-  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
-  if (fd == -1)
-    return;
-
-  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
-  if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
-      && st.st_size < (off_t) sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
-    {
-      /* Something went wrong.  */
-      close (fd);
-      return;
-    }
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || defined _LIBC
-  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
-     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
-  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, st.st_size, PROT_READ,
-					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
-  if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
-    {
-      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
-      close (fd);
-      use_mmap = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
-     it manually.  */
-  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
-    {
-      off_t to_read;
-      char *read_ptr;
-
-      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (st.st_size);
-      if (data == NULL)
-	return;
-
-      to_read = st.st_size;
-      read_ptr = (char *) data;
-      do
-	{
-	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
-	  if (nb == -1)
-	    {
-	      close (fd);
-	      return;
-	    }
-
-	  read_ptr += nb;
-	  to_read -= nb;
-	}
-      while (to_read > 0);
-
-      close (fd);
-    }
-
-  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
-     catalog file.  */
-  if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
-    {
-      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || defined _LIBC
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  domain_file->data
-    = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
-  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-  domain->data = (char *) data;
-  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
-
-  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
-  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
-    {
-    case 0:
-      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
-      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
-      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
-      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
-      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
-      break;
-    default:
-      /* This is an illegal revision.  */
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || defined _LIBC
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      free (domain);
-      domain_file->data = NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Show that one domain is changed.  This might make some cached
-     translations invalid.  */
-  ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-}
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 00d91941..00000000
--- a/intl/localealias.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle aliases for locale names
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# else
-void free ();
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-#endif
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done.  */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
-  void *address;
-  struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
-    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
-       the list.  */							      \
-    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
-      newp->address = (addr);						      \
-      newp->next = (list);						      \
-      (list) = newp;							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
-  do {									      \
-    while (list != NULL) {						      \
-      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
-      list = list->next;						      \
-      free (old);							      \
-    }									      \
-  } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif	/* have alloca */
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
-  const char *alias;
-  const char *value;
-};
-
-
-static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap = 0;
-static size_t maxmap = 0;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len));
-static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
-				  const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
-    const char *name;
-{
-  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
-  struct alias_map *retval;
-  size_t added;
-
-  do
-    {
-      struct alias_map item;
-
-      item.alias = name;
-
-      if (nmap > 0)
-	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
-					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
-					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
-								 const void *))
-						) alias_compare);
-      else
-	retval = NULL;
-
-      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
-      if (retval != NULL)
-	return retval->value;
-
-      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
-      added = 0;
-      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
-	{
-	  const char *start;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-	  start = locale_alias_path;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-
-	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
-	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
-	}
-    }
-  while (added != 0);
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
-     const char *fname;
-     int fname_len;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
-  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
-  FILE *fp;
-  char *full_fname;
-  size_t added;
-  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
-  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
-  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
-  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-
-  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
-  if (fp == NULL)
-    {
-      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  added = 0;
-  while (!feof (fp))
-    {
-      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
-	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
-	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
-	    be that long
-       */
-      char buf[BUFSIZ];
-      char *alias;
-      char *value;
-      char *cp;
-
-      if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
-	/* EOF reached.  */
-	break;
-
-      cp = buf;
-      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
-      while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	++cp;
-
-      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
-      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
-	{
-	  alias = cp++;
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    *cp++ = '\0';
-
-	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
-	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      char *tp;
-	      size_t len;
-
-	      value = cp++;
-	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-		++cp;
-	      /* Terminate value.  */
-	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
-		{
-		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
-		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
-		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
-		  *cp++ = '\0';
-		  *cp = '\n';
-		}
-	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
-		*cp++ = '\0';
-
-	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
-		extend_alias_table ();
-
-	      /* We cannot depend on strdup available in the libc.  Sigh!  */
-	      len = strlen (alias) + 1;
-	      tp = (char *) malloc (len);
-	      if (tp == NULL)
-		{
-		  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-		  return added;
-		}
-	      memcpy (tp, alias, len);
-	      map[nmap].alias = tp;
-
-	      len = strlen (value) + 1;
-	      tp = (char *) malloc (len);
-	      if (tp == NULL)
-		{
-		  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-		  return added;
-		}
-	      memcpy (tp, value, len);
-	      map[nmap].value = tp;
-
-	      ++nmap;
-	      ++added;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
-	 the rest of the line.  */
-      while (strchr (cp, '\n') == NULL)
-	{
-	  cp = buf;
-	  if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
-	    /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
-	       will exit at the `feof' test.  */
-	    *cp = '\n';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
-     errors.  --drepper  */
-  fclose (fp);
-
-  if (added > 0)
-    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
-	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
-  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-  return added;
-}
-
-
-static void
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
-  size_t new_size;
-  struct alias_map *new_map;
-
-  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
-  new_map = (struct alias_map *) malloc (new_size
-					 * sizeof (struct alias_map));
-  if (new_map == NULL)
-    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
-    return;
-
-  memcpy (new_map, map, nmap * sizeof (struct alias_map));
-
-  if (maxmap != 0)
-    free (map);
-
-  map = new_map;
-  maxmap = new_size;
-}
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
-     const struct alias_map *map1;
-     const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
-  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
-  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
-  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2)
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
-	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
-      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
-      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
-      if (c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-      ++p1;
-      ++p2;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b3bcca4d..00000000
--- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot.  */\
-\
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
-# include <config.h>\
-#endif\
-\
-#include "libgettext.h"\
-\
-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# Write msgid entries in C array form.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-  s/msgid[ 	]*\(".*"\)/  {\1/
-  tb
-# Append the next line
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
-# just read cannot be again be a msgid line.  So it's safe to ignore
-# it.
-  s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
-  bc
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use D here.
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
-# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
-  tb
-# Not reached
-  :c
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-  G
-  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
-  s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
-  p
-}
-#
-# Last line.
-#
-$ {
-  i\
-};\
-
-  g
-  s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d93406..00000000
--- a/intl/textdomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef memcpy
-#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgettext.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Name of the default text domain.  */
-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
-
-/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-#else
-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
-#endif
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-char *
-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  char *old;
-
-  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL)
-    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-  old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
-  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
-      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
-    _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-  else
-    {
-      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
-	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
-	 are out of core.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-      _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
-#else
-      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
-      char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (cp != NULL)
-	memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
-      _nl_current_default_domain = cp;
-#endif
-    }
-
-  if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
-    free (old);
-
-  return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index b19c0bbd..00000000
--- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
-  i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
-  h
-  s/.*/0/
-  x
-}
-#
-# We copy all comments into the .msg file.  Perhaps they can help.
-#
-/^#/ s/^#[ 	]*/$ /p
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-# Does not work now
-#  /"$/! {
-#    s/\\$//
-#    s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-#  }
-  s/^msgid[ 	]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
-  p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
-  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
-  x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-  td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
-  :d
-  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
-  td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
-  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
-  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
-  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
-  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
-  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
-  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
-  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
-  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
-  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
-  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
-  s/_/0/g
-  x
-# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
-  G
-  s/^[^\n]*$/& /
-  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
-# Clear flag from last substitution.
-  tb
-# Append the next line.
-  :b
-  N
-# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
-  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
-  ta
-  P
-  D
-# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
-  :a
-  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
-  P
-# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
-  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-  tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 9788f702..00000000
--- a/stamp-h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-timestamp
diff --git a/stamp.h.in b/stamp.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/stamp.h.in
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/support/.cvsignore b/support/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b6973f4..00000000
--- a/support/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-.deps
-*.la
-*.lo
-.libs
-gnomesupport-h
-gnomesupport.h
diff --git a/support/ChangeLog b/support/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 55176743..00000000
--- a/support/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-1998-09-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* canonicalize.c (realpath): Remove `weak_alias'.
-	(canonicalize_file_name): Comment out.
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Remove `canonicalize_file_name', and correct
-	the comment for `realpath'.
-
-1998-09-02  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): Emit
-	declarations if required.
-
-	* canonicalize.c (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): New file.
-	Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
-	* libc-symbols.h: New file. Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
-1998-08-24  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Emit declarations for `setreuid', `setregid'
-	and `getpagesize' if required (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS).
-
-1998-08-18  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am: Added explicit dependency `error.c: gnomesupport.h'.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `sys/types.h' to get `size_t' under
-	FreeBSD.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `gnomesupport.h' only if we really
-	`NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H'.
-
-1998-08-16  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added all source and header files that
-	are in CVS to make sure everything is included in the distribution
-	no matter which files are used on the build system.
-
-1998-08-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): List `gnomesupport.h'
-	here in the hope that it'll ensure that it is built.
-
-1998-08-05  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add `gnomesupport-fake.h'.
-
-1998-08-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* error.c (program_name): Clean up #ifdef logic some more.
-	(HAVE_STRERROR_R): Step on implementation namespace only if _LIBC.
-
-1998-07-30  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* error.c: Making weak alias `__error' and `__error_at_line'
-	only if `_LIBC' is defined and not if we only
-	HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnome-argp.h to get
-	`program_invocation_name'.
-
-1998-07-29  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-fake.h: New file.  Fake in HAVE_* for functions
-	that are provided by `gnomesupport' rather than `libc'.
-	* error.c: Include gnomesupport-fake.h.
-	(program_name): Define to `program_invocation_name' if 
-	HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
-1998-07-29  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* error.c, error.h: New files.  Imported from glibc.
-
-	* Makefile.am (supportinclude_HEADERS): Added `error.h'.
-
-1998-07-17  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* strtol.c, strtoul.c (<ansidecl.h>): Removed. Using
-	`const' instead of `CONST'.
-
-1998-07-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (gethostname): Emit declaration.
-
-1998-07-15  Martin Baulig  <baulig@Stud.Informatik.uni-trier.de>
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk (memmove strtod strtol strtoul): Emit
-	declarations.
-
-	* memmove.c: New file.  Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
-	* strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c: New files. Imported from
-	GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-07-14  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* mkstemp.c (<stdint.h>): Systems that don't have `mkstemp'
-	probably don't have <stdint.h> either.  Will fix it with a proper
-	autoconf test later.
-
-1998-07-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* argp.h (ARGP_EI): Define to `extern __inline__', rather that
-	`extern inline'.  Since this code is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ check,
-	I assume this is GCC, and __inline__ will work.
-
-	* mkstemp.c: New file.
-	* gnomesupport.awk: Conditionally emit prototype for `mkstemp'.
-
-Tue Jul  7 00:02:51 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp-help.c: Don't include <malloc.h>.
-
-1998-06-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (gnomesupport.h): Build with `gnomesupport.awk'.
-	(CROSS_COMPILING): Remove.
-	(EXTRA_DIST): Add `gnomesupport.awk'.
-
-	* gnomesupport.awk: New file, to replace `gnomesupport-h.c'.
-	* gnomesupport-h.c: Removed.  Doesn't work well in cross-compiles.
-
-1998-06-08  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* Makefile.am (gnomesupport-h): When cross-compiling, this
-	is build using `$(build_CC)' because it needs to run on the
-	build system. Look at gnome-libs/configure.in to see how to
-	get `build_CC'.
-
-Thu May 21 21:21:12 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* gnome-argp.h: Unconditionally declare program_invocation_name
-	and program_invocation_short_name; some systems define these but
-	don't declare them.
-
-1998-05-20  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define _GNU_SOURCE.
-
-1998-05-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (strerror): Emit declaration.
-	* strerror.c: New file.  Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-05-19  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
-	* vsnprintf.c (vsnprintf): Changed declaration of this
-	function on systems defining __STDC__ to avoid clash
-	with prototype in system header file.
-
-	* vsnprintf.c (snprintf): Moved toward the end of the
-	file, so that the compiler sees correct declaration for
-	vsnprintf().
-
-1998-05-12  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
-	* argp-help.c (argp_doc): Backed out previous "fix". :-)
-	As pointed out it was dead wrong.
-	
-1998-05-09  Kjartan Maraas  <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
-	* argp-help.c (argp_doc): Removed a compiler warning.
-
-1998-04-14  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (main): Make gnomesupport.h include stddef.h
-	unconditionally. 
-
-1998-04-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* scandir.c (<sys/types.h>): Include.
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (!HAVE_SCANDIR): Do all the `dirent' wrangling
-	only if `scandir' is needed.  Also, include <sys/types.h> in all
-	cases. 
-
-1998-04-13  Seth Alves  <alves@twitch.cp.domain.net>
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c (HAVE_DIRENT_H): FreeBSD needs <sys/types.h>
-	before <dirent.h>.
-	
-1998-04-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (supportincludedir): Is now $(pkglibdir)/include.
-	`gnomesupport.h' is a generated file dependent on the configure
-	process.  So, this seems a good place.  The rest of the headers
-	are also here just because I'm too lazy to maintain two separate
-	include directories to search in for `libgnomesupport' stuff ;-)
-	(supportinclude_DATA): New var.  Has `gnomesupport.h'.
-	(BUILT_SOURCES): Generate `gnomesupport.h'.
-
-	* gnomesupport-h.c: New file.  Used to generate `gnomesupport.h',
-	which contains prototypes for many of the functions in
-	`libgnomesupport'.  This method is used to ensure that prototypes
-	appear only for those functions that are provided by
-	`libgnomesupport'. 
-
-	* scandir.c (alphasort): New utility function.
-
-1998-04-08  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* scandir.c: Import from GNU libc.
-	Remove assumptions that this file is compiled inside GLIBC.
-	Here are the ChangeLog entries when I imported it originally into
-	`gwp':
-
-	1998-02-08  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-        	* scandir.c (scandir): Revert change of `1998-02-07'.  
-		Don't use d_reclen, but fix the expression used to
-		figure out the length.
-
-	1998-02-07  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-	        * scandir.c (scandir): Use `d_reclen' field to get length
-		of record.
-
-	1998-02-06  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-	        * scandir.c: New file.  Replacement function copied from
-		glibc, edited to not step on implementation namespace.
-
-1998-03-28  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Imported from GNU libit-0.4.
-	Applied a change that appears in `libiberty'.
-
-Fri Mar 13 21:30:34 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp.texi: Imported from glibc.
-	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added argp.texi.
-
-1998-03-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install argp-fmtstream.h and
-	argp-namefrob.h.  They are used only to compile `argp' and not for
-	general usage.
-
-1998-03-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* getopt.h: Don't mention getopt() for C++.  (Local fix).
-
-	* vsnprintf.c: Actually fill it in.  It is from
-	<URL:http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c>, with one small fix to
-	actually make it compile. 
-
-1998-03-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* easy-vsnprintf.c: New file.  Provides (v)snprintf as simple
-	wrappers to `__vsnprintf'.  
-	* vsnprintf.c: New file.  Empty for now.
-
-Sun Mar  8 17:13:33 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am: Rewrote.  Library now named libgnomesupport, now
-	installed if Gnome support code is built.
-
-Sat Mar  7 00:03:26 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* gnome-argp.h (__mempcpy): New define.
-
-	* strnlen.c: New file from glibc; needed by strndup.c.
-
-Fri Mar  6 20:10:55 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* argp-fmtstream.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
-	* argp.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
-
-	* argp-help.c, argp-parse.c, argp.h: Imported new versions from
-	glibc, while preserving local changes.
-
-Wed Mar  4 00:58:27 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am (libsupport_a_SOURCES): Added gnome-argp.c.
-	* gnome-argp.c: New file.
-
-	* argp-parse.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
-	* argp-help.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
-
-	* README-gnome, gnome-argp.h: New files.
-
-	* argp-ba.c, argp-eexst.c, argp-fmtstream.c, argp-fmtstream.h,
-	argp-fs-xinl.c, argp-help.c, argp-namefrob.h, argp-parse.c,
-	argp-pv.c, argp-pvh.c, argp-test.c, argp-xinl.c, argp.h,
-	strndup.c: New files, imported from glibc.  Please use "cvs
-	import" if you import new versions.
-
-	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Added argp-fmtstream.h,
-	argp-namefrob.h, argp.h, gnome-argp.h.
-	(EXTRA_DIST): New macro.
-
-1998-02-18  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
-	* strcasecmp.c: New file, copied from `glibc'.  Used to provide
-	replacement `strcasecmp' file.
-	
-
diff --git a/support/Makefile.am b/support/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e0ae3a3..00000000
--- a/support/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
-
-supportincludedir = $(pkglibdir)/include
-
-if BUILD_GNOME_SUPPORT
-INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE
-
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgnomesupport.la
-
-supportinclude_HEADERS = gnome-argp.h getopt.h long-options.h argp.h error.h
-
-# it is in _DATA since we don't want `gnomesupport.h' to be part of
-# the distributed `.tar.gz' file
-supportinclude_DATA = gnomesupport.h
-
-# These are internal headers: they are used only when compiling and
-# should not be installed
-noinst_HEADERS = argp-fmtstream.h argp-namefrob.h gnomesupport-fake.h
-
-# gnomesupport.h is listed here to ensure that it is built
-libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h long-options.c gnome-argp.c
-libgnomesupport_la_LIBADD  = @LTLIBOBJS@
-libgnomesupport_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h
-
-error.c: gnomesupport.h
-
-gnomesupport.h: gnomesupport.awk $(top_builddir)/config.h
-	$(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/gnomesupport.awk < $(top_builddir)/config.h > gsh-t
-	mv gsh-t gnomesupport.h
-
-endif
-
-EXTRA_DIST = argp-test.c argp.texi gnomesupport.awk README-gnome \
-	argp-ba.c argp-eexst.c argp-fmtstream.c argp-fmtstream.h \
-	argp-fs-xinl.c argp-help.c argp-namefrob.h argp-parse.c \
-	argp-pv.c argp-pvh.c argp-test.c argp-xinl.c argp.h \
-	easy-vsnprintf.c getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c gnome-argp.c \
-	gnome-argp.h long-options.c long-options.h memmove.c mkstemp.c \
-	scandir.c strcasecmp.c strerror.c strndup.c strnlen.c strtod.c \
-	strtok_r.c strtol.c strtoul.c vasprintf.c vsnprintf.c error.h \
-	gnomesupport-fake.h error.c
diff --git a/support/README-gnome b/support/README-gnome
deleted file mode 100644
index b2f3101a..00000000
--- a/support/README-gnome
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-Note to Gnome hackers:
-
-Some files in this directory are taken verbatim from glibc.
-Do not modify them.  If you find a bug, report it as you would any
-glibc bug.
-
-When updating the glibc files in the master Gnome repository, be sure
-to use "cvs import".  That will ensure that any local changes are
-merged in.
-
-Yes, there are some minor local changes.  Hopefully these will be
-sorted out with the glibc maintainer before long.
-
-- Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-  Wed, Mar 4 1998
-
-Notes on CVS import:
-
-This directory has files from two "vendors".  There are, thus, two
-vendor branches
-
-	1.1.1	GNU
-	1.1.2	SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-The files that have "vendor" versions are:
-
-	argp-ba.c		GNU
-	argp-eexst.c		GNU
-	argp-fmtstream.c	GNU
-	argp-fmtstream.h	GNU
-	argp-fs-xinl.c		GNU
-	argp-help.c		GNU
-	argp-namefrob.h		GNU
-	argp-parse.c		GNU
-	argp-pv.c		GNU
-	argp-pvh.c		GNU
-	argp-test.c		GNU
-	argp-xinl.c		GNU
-	argp.h			GNU
-	getopt.c		GNU
-	getopt.h		GNU
-	getopt1.c		GNU
-	strcasecmp.c		GNU
-	strndup.c		GNU
-	strnlen.c		GNU
-	strtok_r.c		GNU
-	vasprintf.c		GNU
-	vsnprintf.c		SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-To find out the list of changes made against a "vendor" revision, you
-can say
-
-	cvs diff -r <vendor-branch-tag> 
-
-When any of these files are changed by the vendor, they can be
-reimported.  At the time of importing, please make sure you use the
-correct branch revision and vendor tag.
-
-So, if you are importing changes to any of the `GNU' files, please use
-
-    cvs import -b 1.1.1 gnome-common/support GNU <new-release-tag>
-
-If you are importing changes to "SNPRINTF_de_Raadt" files, please use
-
-    cvs import -b 1.1.2 gnome-common/support SNPRINTF_de_Raadt <new-rel-tag>
-	         ^^^^^^^                    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-		 |			    |
-		 Branch revision	    Vendor Tag
-
-In other words the "Branch revision" and "Vendor Tag" must agree.
-
-- Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-  1998-03-11
-
-Good places to get "support" functions:
-
-`libgnomesupport' is essentially a `glibc' emulation library, and hence
-`glibc' itself is a good source.  However, some of the functions cannot
-be easily ripped out and put here (esp. any of the stdio-derived
-functions).  Other places are:
-
-* libiberty from your friendly Cygnus source distribution, e.g.,
-  binutils, gdb.  The only caveat is that these cannot be used drop-in:
-  you have to remove references to other files in the Cygnus tree &c.
-
-* libit, which appeared briefly on ftp://alpha.gnu.org
-
-* Jim Meyering's collection from his `fileutils'/`sh-utils'/`textutils'
-  packages
-
-- Raja R Harinath
-  1998-03-28
diff --git a/support/argp-ba.c b/support/argp-ba.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d58cc6c..00000000
--- a/support/argp-ba.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
-   bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by argp_help if
-   the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
-   messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
-   ADDR.'.  */
-const char *argp_program_bug_address = 0;
diff --git a/support/argp-eexst.c b/support/argp-eexst.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9040058e..00000000
--- a/support/argp-eexst.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sysexits.h>
-
-#include "argp.h"
-
-/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
-   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
-   <sysexits.h>.  */
-error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;
diff --git a/support/argp-fmtstream.c b/support/argp-fmtstream.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c9b3118..00000000
--- a/support/argp-fmtstream.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
-/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
-   don't have that.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
-#include "argp-namefrob.h"
-
-#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
-
-#ifndef isblank
-#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
-#endif
-
-#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
-#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
-
-/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
-   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
-   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
-   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
-   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
-   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
-argp_fmtstream_t
-__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
-		       size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
-{
-  argp_fmtstream_t fs = malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
-  if (fs)
-    {
-      fs->stream = stream;
-
-      fs->lmargin = lmargin;
-      fs->rmargin = rmargin;
-      fs->wmargin = wmargin;
-      fs->point_col = 0;
-      fs->point_offs = 0;
-
-      fs->buf = malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
-      if (! fs->buf)
-	{
-	  free (fs);
-	  fs = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fs->p = fs->buf;
-	  fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return fs;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
-#endif
-
-/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
-void
-__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
-{
-  __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
-  if (fs->p > fs->buf)
-    fwrite (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
-  free (fs->buf);
-  free (fs);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
-#endif
-
-/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
-   end of its buffer.  This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c.  */
-void
-__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
-{
-  char *buf, *nl;
-  size_t len;
-
-  /* Scan the buffer for newlines.  */
-  buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
-  while (buf < fs->p)
-    {
-      size_t r;
-
-      if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
-	{
-	  /* We are starting a new line.  Print spaces to the left margin.  */
-	  const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
-	  if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
-	    {
-	      /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
-		 buffer text up and filling in the beginning.  */
-	      memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
-	      fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
-	      memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces.  */
-	      buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them.  */
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* No buffer space for spaces.  Must flush.  */
-	      size_t i;
-	      for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
-		putc (' ', fs->stream);
-	    }
-	  fs->point_col = pad;
-	}
-
-      len = fs->p - buf;
-      nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
-
-      if (fs->point_col < 0)
-	fs->point_col = 0;
-
-      if (!nl)
-	{
-	  /* The buffer ends in a partial line.  */
-
-	  if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
-	    {
-	      /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
-		 within the maximum line width.  Advance point for the
-		 characters to be written and stop scanning.  */
-	      fs->point_col += len;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
-	       the end of the buffer.  */
-	    nl = fs->p;
-	}
-      else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
-	{
-	  /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
-	     line width.  Reset point and scan the next line.  */
-	  fs->point_col = 0;
-	  buf = nl + 1;
-	  continue;
-	}
-
-      /* This line is too long.  */
-      r = fs->rmargin - 1;
-
-      if (fs->wmargin < 0)
-	{
-	  /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
-	     newline and anything after it in the buffer.  */
-	  if (nl < fs->p)
-	    {
-	      memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
-	      fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
-	      /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it.  */
-	      fs->point_col = 0;
-	      buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
-		 maximum line width.  Advance point for the characters
-		 written, and discard those past the max from the buffer.  */
-	      fs->point_col += len;
-	      fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Do word wrap.  Go to the column just past the maximum line
-	     width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
-	     Then insert a line break.  */
-
-	  char *p, *nextline;
-	  int i;
-
-	  p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
-	  while (p >= buf && !isblank (*p))
-	    --p;
-	  nextline = p + 1;	/* This will begin the next line.  */
-
-	  if (nextline > buf)
-	    {
-	      /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
-	      if (p > buf)
-		do
-		  --p;
-		while (p > buf && isblank (*p));
-	      nl = p + 1;	/* The newline will replace the first blank. */
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
-		 Oh well.  Put it on an overlong line by itself.  */
-	      p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
-	      /* Find the end of the long word.  */
-	      do
-		++p;
-	      while (p < nl && !isblank (*p));
-	      if (p == nl)
-		{
-		  /* It already ends a line.  No fussing required.  */
-		  fs->point_col = 0;
-		  buf = nl + 1;
-		  continue;
-		}
-	      /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank.  */
-	      nl = p;
-	      /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
-	      do
-		++p;
-	      while (isblank (*p));
-	      /* The next line will start here.  */
-	      nextline = p;
-	    }
-
-	  /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
-	     NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
-	     at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
-	     we need not be careful to maintain its contents).  */
-
-	  if (nextline == buf + len + 1
-	      ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
-	      : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
-	    /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed.  */
-	    if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
-	      /* Make some space for them.  */
-	      {
-		size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
-		memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
-		nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
-		len = nextline + mv - buf;
-		*nl++ = '\n';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Output the first line so we can use the space.  */
-	      {
-		if (nl > fs->buf)
-		  fwrite (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
-		putc ('\n', fs->stream);
-		len += buf - fs->buf;
-		nl = buf = fs->buf;
-	      }
-	  else
-	    /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
-	       the next word.  */
-	    *nl++ = '\n';
-
-	  if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
-	      || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
-	    /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column.  */
-	    for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
-	      *nl++ = ' ';
-	  else
-	    for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
-	      putc (' ', fs->stream);
-
-	  /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
-	     position.  */
-	  if (nl < nextline)
-	    memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
-	  len -= nextline - buf;
-
-	  /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer.  */
-	  buf = nl;
-
-	  /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text.  */
-	  fs->p = nl + len;
-
-	  /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line.  If wmargin
-	     is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
-	     point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case.  */
-	  fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer.  */
-  fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
-}
-
-/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
-   growing the buffer, or by flushing it.  True is returned iff we succeed. */
-int
-__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
-{
-  if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
-    {
-      ssize_t wrote;
-
-      /* Flush FS's buffer.  */
-      __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
-
-      wrote = fwrite (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
-      if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
-	{
-	  fs->p = fs->buf;
-	  fs->point_offs = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fs->p -= wrote;
-	  fs->point_offs -= wrote;
-	  memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
-	  return 0;
-	}
-
-      if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
-	/* Gotta grow the buffer.  */
-	{
-	  size_t new_size = fs->end - fs->buf + amount;
-	  char *new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size);
-
-	  if (! new_buf)
-	    {
-	      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-
-	  fs->buf = new_buf;
-	  fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
-	  fs->p = fs->buf;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-ssize_t
-__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-  int out;
-  size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
-
-  do
-    {
-      va_list args;
-
-      if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
-	return -1;
-      size_guess += size_guess;
-
-      va_start (args, fmt);
-      out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, fs->end - fs->p, fmt, args);
-      va_end (args);
-    }
-  while (out == -1);
-
-  fs->p += out;
-
-  return out;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
diff --git a/support/argp-fmtstream.h b/support/argp-fmtstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46184c16..00000000
--- a/support/argp-fmtstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
-   don't have that.  If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
-   that.  This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
-   shouldn't be installed.  */
-
-#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
-#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-/* For Gnome only: don't assume gcc.  */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#define __attribute__(X)
-#endif
-
-#if    (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
-    || (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
-/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that.  */
-#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
-/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
-   *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
-   object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
-   line-wrapping.  Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter.  */
-
-#include <linewrap.h>
-
-typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
-
-#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
-#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
-#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
-#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
-
-#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
-#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
-#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
-#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
-#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
-#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
-#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
-#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
-
-#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
-#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
-#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
-
-#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
-/* Guess we have to define our own version.  */
-
-#ifndef __const
-#define __const const
-#endif
-
-struct argp_fmtstream
-{
-  FILE *stream;			/* The stream we're outputting to.  */
-
-  size_t lmargin, rmargin;	/* Left and right margins.  */
-  ssize_t wmargin;		/* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate.  */
-
-  /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output.  */
-  size_t point_offs;
-  /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin.  */
-  ssize_t point_col;
-
-  char *buf;			/* Output buffer.  */
-  char *p;			/* Current end of text in BUF. */
-  char *end;			/* Absolute end of BUF.  */
-};
-
-typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
-
-/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
-   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
-   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
-   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
-   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
-   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
-extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
-					       size_t __lmargin,
-					       size_t __rmargin,
-					       ssize_t __wmargin);
-extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
-					     size_t __lmargin,
-					     size_t __rmargin,
-					     ssize_t __wmargin);
-
-/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
-extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-
-extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-				       __const char *__fmt, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
-extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-				      __const char *__fmt, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
-
-extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
-extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
-
-extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str);
-extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str);
-
-extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-				      __const char *__str, size_t __len);
-extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-				    __const char *__str, size_t __len);
-
-/* Access macros for various bits of state.  */
-#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
-#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
-#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
-#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
-
-/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					  size_t __lmargin);
-extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					    size_t __lmargin);
-
-/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					  size_t __rmargin);
-extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					    size_t __rmargin);
-
-/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					  size_t __wmargin);
-extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-					    size_t __wmargin);
-
-/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
-extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-
-/* Internal routines.  */
-extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
-extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
-extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
-
-#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
-/* Inline versions of above routines.  */
-
-#if !_LIBC
-#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
-#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
-#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
-#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
-#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
-#define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
-#endif
-
-ARGP_FS_EI size_t
-__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
-			__const char *__str, size_t __len)
-{
-  if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
-    {
-      memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
-      __fs->p += __len;
-      return __len;
-    }
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-ARGP_FS_EI int
-__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, __const char *__str)
-{
-  size_t __len = strlen (__str);
-  if (__len)
-    {
-      size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
-      return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
-    }
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-ARGP_FS_EI int
-__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
-{
-  if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
-    return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
-  else
-    return EOF;
-}
-
-/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-ARGP_FS_EI size_t
-__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
-{
-  size_t __old;
-  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
-    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
-  __old = __fs->lmargin;
-  __fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
-  return __old;
-}
-
-/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-ARGP_FS_EI size_t
-__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
-{
-  size_t __old;
-  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
-    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
-  __old = __fs->rmargin;
-  __fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
-  return __old;
-}
-
-/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
-ARGP_FS_EI size_t
-__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
-{
-  size_t __old;
-  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
-    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
-  __old = __fs->wmargin;
-  __fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
-  return __old;
-}
-
-/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
-ARGP_FS_EI size_t
-__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
-{
-  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
-    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
-  return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
-}
-
-#if !_LIBC
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
-
-#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
-
-#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */
diff --git a/support/argp-fs-xinl.c b/support/argp-fs-xinl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d5f589..00000000
--- a/support/argp-fs-xinl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define ARGP_FS_EI
-#undef __OPTIMIZE__
-#define __OPTIMIZE__
-#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
-
-/* Add weak aliases.  */
-#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
-
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
-weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/argp-help.c b/support/argp-help.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ac3540a..00000000
--- a/support/argp-help.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1721 +0,0 @@
-/* Hierarchial argument parsing help output
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define dgettext(domain, msgid) (msgid)
-# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include "argp.h"
-#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
-#include "argp-namefrob.h"
-
-/* This is for Gnome only.  */
-#include "gnome-argp.h"
-
-
-/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
-
-   These may be specified in an environment variable called `ARGP_HELP_FMT',
-   with a contents like:  VAR1=VAL1,VAR2=VAL2,BOOLVAR2,no-BOOLVAR2
-   Where VALn must be a positive integer.  The list of variables is in the
-   UPARAM_NAMES vector, below.  */
-
-/* Default parameters.  */
-#define DUP_ARGS      0		/* True if option argument can be duplicated. */
-#define DUP_ARGS_NOTE 1		/* True to print a note about duplicate args. */
-#define SHORT_OPT_COL 2		/* column in which short options start */
-#define LONG_OPT_COL  6		/* column in which long options start */
-#define DOC_OPT_COL   2		/* column in which doc options start */
-#define OPT_DOC_COL  29		/* column in which option text starts */
-#define HEADER_COL    1		/* column in which group headers are printed */
-#define USAGE_INDENT 12		/* indentation of wrapped usage lines */
-#define RMARGIN      79		/* right margin used for wrapping */
-
-/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
-   They must all be of type `int' for the parsing code to work.  */
-struct uparams
-{
-  /* If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
-     options, even when a given option has both, e.g. `-x ARG, --longx=ARG'.
-     If false, then if an option has both, the argument is only shown with
-     the long one, e.g., `-x, --longx=ARG', and a message indicating that
-     this really means both is printed below the options.  */
-  int dup_args;
-
-  /* This is true if when DUP_ARGS is false, and some duplicate arguments have
-     been suppressed, an explanatory message should be printed.  */
-  int dup_args_note;
-
-  /* Various output columns.  */
-  int short_opt_col;
-  int long_opt_col;
-  int doc_opt_col;
-  int opt_doc_col;
-  int header_col;
-  int usage_indent;
-  int rmargin;
-
-  int valid;			/* True when the values in here are valid.  */
-};
-
-/* This is a global variable, as user options are only ever read once.  */
-static struct uparams uparams = {
-  DUP_ARGS, DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
-  SHORT_OPT_COL, LONG_OPT_COL, DOC_OPT_COL, OPT_DOC_COL, HEADER_COL,
-  USAGE_INDENT, RMARGIN,
-  0
-};
-
-/* A particular uparam, and what the user name is.  */
-struct uparam_name
-{
-  const char *name;		/* User name.  */
-  int is_bool;			/* Whether it's `boolean'.  */
-  size_t uparams_offs;		/* Location of the (int) field in UPARAMS.  */
-};
-
-/* The name-field mappings we know about.  */
-static const struct uparam_name uparam_names[] =
-{
-  { "dup-args",       1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args) },
-  { "dup-args-note",  1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args_note) },
-  { "short-opt-col",  0, offsetof (struct uparams, short_opt_col) },
-  { "long-opt-col",   0, offsetof (struct uparams, long_opt_col) },
-  { "doc-opt-col",    0, offsetof (struct uparams, doc_opt_col) },
-  { "opt-doc-col",    0, offsetof (struct uparams, opt_doc_col) },
-  { "header-col",     0, offsetof (struct uparams, header_col) },
-  { "usage-indent",   0, offsetof (struct uparams, usage_indent) },
-  { "rmargin",        0, offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin) },
-  { 0 }
-};
-
-/* Read user options from the environment, and fill in UPARAMS appropiately.  */
-static void
-fill_in_uparams (const struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  const char *var = getenv ("ARGP_HELP_FMT");
-
-#define SKIPWS(p) do { while (isspace (*p)) p++; } while (0);
-
-  if (var)
-    /* Parse var. */
-    while (*var)
-      {
-	SKIPWS (var);
-
-	if (isalpha (*var))
-	  {
-	    size_t var_len;
-	    const struct uparam_name *un;
-	    int unspec = 0, val = 0;
-	    const char *arg = var;
-
-	    while (isalnum (*arg) || *arg == '-' || *arg == '_')
-	      arg++;
-	    var_len = arg - var;
-
-	    SKIPWS (arg);
-
-	    if (*arg == '\0' || *arg == ',')
-	      unspec = 1;
-	    else if (*arg == '=')
-	      {
-		arg++;
-		SKIPWS (arg);
-	      }
-
-	    if (unspec)
-	      if (var[0] == 'n' && var[1] == 'o' && var[2] == '-')
-		{
-		  val = 0;
-		  var += 3;
-		  var_len -= 3;
-		}
-	      else
-		val = 1;
-	    else if (isdigit (*arg))
-	      {
-		val = atoi (arg);
-		while (isdigit (*arg))
-		  arg++;
-		SKIPWS (arg);
-	      }
-
-	    for (un = uparam_names; un->name; un++)
-	      if (strlen (un->name) == var_len
-		  && strncmp (var, un->name, var_len) == 0)
-		{
-		  if (unspec && !un->is_bool)
-		    __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
-				    dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
-%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter requires a value"),
-				    (int) var_len, var);
-		  else
-		    *(int *)((char *)&uparams + un->uparams_offs) = val;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    if (! un->name)
-	      __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
-			      dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
-%.*s: Unknown ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter"),
-			      (int) var_len, var);
-
-	    var = arg;
-	    if (*var == ',')
-	      var++;
-	  }
-	else if (*var)
-	  {
-	    __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
-			    dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
-				      "Garbage in ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s"), var);
-	    break;
-	  }
-      }
-}
-
-/* Returns true if OPT hasn't been marked invisible.  Visibility only affects
-   whether OPT is displayed or used in sorting, not option shadowing.  */
-#define ovisible(opt) (! ((opt)->flags & OPTION_HIDDEN))
-
-/* Returns true if OPT is an alias for an earlier option.  */
-#define oalias(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_ALIAS)
-
-/* Returns true if OPT is an documentation-only entry.  */
-#define odoc(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_DOC)
-
-/* Returns true if OPT is the end-of-list marker for a list of options.  */
-#define oend(opt) __option_is_end (opt)
-
-/* Returns true if OPT has a short option.  */
-#define oshort(opt) __option_is_short (opt)
-
-/*
-   The help format for a particular option is like:
-
-     -xARG, -yARG, --long1=ARG, --long2=ARG        Documentation...
-
-   Where ARG will be omitted if there's no argument, for this option, or
-   will be surrounded by "[" and "]" appropiately if the argument is
-   optional.  The documentation string is word-wrapped appropiately, and if
-   the list of options is long enough, it will be started on a separate line.
-   If there are no short options for a given option, the first long option is
-   indented slighly in a way that's supposed to make most long options appear
-   to be in a separate column.
-
-   For example, the following output (from ps):
-
-     -p PID, --pid=PID          List the process PID
-	 --pgrp=PGRP            List processes in the process group PGRP
-     -P, -x, --no-parent        Include processes without parents
-     -Q, --all-fields           Don't elide unusable fields (normally if there's
-				some reason ps can't print a field for any
-				process, it's removed from the output entirely)
-     -r, --reverse, --gratuitously-long-reverse-option
-				Reverse the order of any sort
-	 --session[=SID]        Add the processes from the session SID (which
-				defaults to the sid of the current process)
-
-    Here are some more options:
-     -f ZOT, --foonly=ZOT       Glork a foonly
-     -z, --zaza                 Snit a zar
-
-     -?, --help                 Give this help list
-	 --usage                Give a short usage message
-     -V, --version              Print program version
-
-   The struct argp_option array for the above could look like:
-
-   {
-     {"pid",       'p',      "PID",  0, "List the process PID"},
-     {"pgrp",      OPT_PGRP, "PGRP", 0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"},
-     {"no-parent", 'P',	      0,     0, "Include processes without parents"},
-     {0,           'x',       0,     OPTION_ALIAS},
-     {"all-fields",'Q',       0,     0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally"
-                                        " if there's some reason ps can't"
-					" print a field for any process, it's"
-                                        " removed from the output entirely)" },
-     {"reverse",   'r',       0,     0, "Reverse the order of any sort"},
-     {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS},
-     {"session",   OPT_SESS,  "SID", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
-                                        "Add the processes from the session"
-					" SID (which defaults to the sid of"
-					" the current process)" },
-
-     {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"},
-     {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", 0, "Glork a foonly"},
-     {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"},
-
-     {0}
-   }
-
-   Note that the last three options are automatically supplied by argp_parse,
-   unless you tell it not to with ARGP_NO_HELP.
-
-*/
-
-/* Returns true if CH occurs between BEG and END.  */
-static int
-find_char (char ch, char *beg, char *end)
-{
-  while (beg < end)
-    if (*beg == ch)
-      return 1;
-    else
-      beg++;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-struct hol_cluster;		/* fwd decl */
-
-struct hol_entry
-{
-  /* First option.  */
-  const struct argp_option *opt;
-  /* Number of options (including aliases).  */
-  unsigned num;
-
-  /* A pointers into the HOL's short_options field, to the first short option
-     letter for this entry.  The order of the characters following this point
-     corresponds to the order of options pointed to by OPT, and there are at
-     most NUM.  A short option recorded in a option following OPT is only
-     valid if it occurs in the right place in SHORT_OPTIONS (otherwise it's
-     probably been shadowed by some other entry).  */
-  char *short_options;
-
-  /* Entries are sorted by their group first, in the order:
-       1, 2, ..., n, 0, -m, ..., -2, -1
-     and then alphabetically within each group.  The default is 0.  */
-  int group;
-
-  /* The cluster of options this entry belongs to, or 0 if none.  */
-  struct hol_cluster *cluster;
-
-  /* The argp from which this option came.  */
-  const struct argp *argp;
-};
-
-/* A cluster of entries to reflect the argp tree structure.  */
-struct hol_cluster
-{
-  /* A descriptive header printed before options in this cluster.  */
-  const char *header;
-
-  /* Used to order clusters within the same group with the same parent,
-     according to the order in which they occured in the parent argp's child
-     list.  */
-  int index;
-
-  /* How to sort this cluster with respect to options and other clusters at the
-     same depth (clusters always follow options in the same group).  */
-  int group;
-
-  /* The cluster to which this cluster belongs, or 0 if it's at the base
-     level.  */
-  struct hol_cluster *parent;
-
-  /* The argp from which this cluster is (eventually) derived.  */
-  const struct argp *argp;
-
-  /* The distance this cluster is from the root.  */
-  int depth;
-
-  /* Clusters in a given hol are kept in a linked list, to make freeing them
-     possible.  */
-  struct hol_cluster *next;
-};
-
-/* A list of options for help.  */
-struct hol
-{
-  /* An array of hol_entry's.  */
-  struct hol_entry *entries;
-  /* The number of entries in this hol.  If this field is zero, the others
-     are undefined.  */
-  unsigned num_entries;
-
-  /* A string containing all short options in this HOL.  Each entry contains
-     pointers into this string, so the order can't be messed with blindly.  */
-  char *short_options;
-
-  /* Clusters of entries in this hol.  */
-  struct hol_cluster *clusters;
-};
-
-/* Create a struct hol from the options in ARGP.  CLUSTER is the
-   hol_cluster in which these entries occur, or 0, if at the root.  */
-static struct hol *
-make_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
-{
-  char *so;
-  const struct argp_option *o;
-  const struct argp_option *opts = argp->options;
-  struct hol_entry *entry;
-  unsigned num_short_options = 0;
-  struct hol *hol = malloc (sizeof (struct hol));
-
-  assert (hol);
-
-  hol->num_entries = 0;
-  hol->clusters = 0;
-
-  if (opts)
-    {
-      int cur_group = 0;
-
-      /* The first option must not be an alias.  */
-      assert (! oalias (opts));
-
-      /* Calculate the space needed.  */
-      for (o = opts; ! oend (o); o++)
-	{
-	  if (! oalias (o))
-	    hol->num_entries++;
-	  if (oshort (o))
-	    num_short_options++;	/* This is an upper bound.  */
-	}
-
-      hol->entries = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_entry) * hol->num_entries);
-      hol->short_options = malloc (num_short_options + 1);
-
-      assert (hol->entries && hol->short_options);
-
-      /* Fill in the entries.  */
-      so = hol->short_options;
-      for (o = opts, entry = hol->entries; ! oend (o); entry++)
-	{
-	  entry->opt = o;
-	  entry->num = 0;
-	  entry->short_options = so;
-	  entry->group = cur_group =
-	    o->group
-	    ? o->group
-	    : ((!o->name && !o->key)
-	       ? cur_group + 1
-	       : cur_group);
-	  entry->cluster = cluster;
-	  entry->argp = argp;
-
-	  do
-	    {
-	      entry->num++;
-	      if (oshort (o) && ! find_char (o->key, hol->short_options, so))
-		/* O has a valid short option which hasn't already been used.*/
-		*so++ = o->key;
-	      o++;
-	    }
-	  while (! oend (o) && oalias (o));
-	}
-      *so = '\0';		/* null terminated so we can find the length */
-    }
-
-  return hol;
-}
-
-/* Add a new cluster to HOL, with the given GROUP and HEADER (taken from the
-   associated argp child list entry), INDEX, and PARENT, and return a pointer
-   to it.  ARGP is the argp that this cluster results from.  */
-static struct hol_cluster *
-hol_add_cluster (struct hol *hol, int group, const char *header, int index,
-		 struct hol_cluster *parent, const struct argp *argp)
-{
-  struct hol_cluster *cl = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_cluster));
-  if (cl)
-    {
-      cl->group = group;
-      cl->header = header;
-
-      cl->index = index;
-      cl->parent = parent;
-      cl->argp = argp;
-      cl->depth = parent ? parent->depth + 1 : 0;
-
-      cl->next = hol->clusters;
-      hol->clusters = cl;
-    }
-  return cl;
-}
-
-/* Free HOL and any resources it uses.  */
-static void
-hol_free (struct hol *hol)
-{
-  struct hol_cluster *cl = hol->clusters;
-
-  while (cl)
-    {
-      struct hol_cluster *next = cl->next;
-      free (cl);
-      cl = next;
-    }
-
-  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
-    {
-      free (hol->entries);
-      free (hol->short_options);
-    }
-
-  free (hol);
-}
-
-static inline int
-hol_entry_short_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
-			 int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
-				     const struct argp_option *real,
-				     const char *domain, void *cookie),
-			 const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  unsigned nopts;
-  int val = 0;
-  const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
-  char *so = entry->short_options;
-
-  for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
-    if (oshort (opt) && *so == opt->key)
-      {
-	if (!oalias (opt))
-	  real = opt;
-	if (ovisible (opt))
-	  val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
-	so++;
-      }
-
-  return val;
-}
-
-static inline int
-hol_entry_long_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
-			int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
-				    const struct argp_option *real,
-				    const char *domain, void *cookie),
-			const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  unsigned nopts;
-  int val = 0;
-  const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
-
-  for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
-    if (opt->name)
-      {
-	if (!oalias (opt))
-	  real = opt;
-	if (ovisible (opt))
-	  val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
-      }
-
-  return val;
-}
-
-/* Iterator that returns true for the first short option.  */
-static inline int
-until_short (const struct argp_option *opt, const struct argp_option *real,
-	     const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  return oshort (opt) ? opt->key : 0;
-}
-
-/* Returns the first valid short option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none.  */
-static char
-hol_entry_first_short (const struct hol_entry *entry)
-{
-  return hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, until_short,
-				  entry->argp->argp_domain, 0);
-}
-
-/* Returns the first valid long option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none.  */
-static const char *
-hol_entry_first_long (const struct hol_entry *entry)
-{
-  const struct argp_option *opt;
-  unsigned num;
-  for (opt = entry->opt, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
-    if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
-      return opt->name;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Returns the entry in HOL with the long option name NAME, or 0 if there is
-   none.  */
-static struct hol_entry *
-hol_find_entry (struct hol *hol, const char *name)
-{
-  struct hol_entry *entry = hol->entries;
-  unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries;
-
-  while (num_entries-- > 0)
-    {
-      const struct argp_option *opt = entry->opt;
-      unsigned num_opts = entry->num;
-
-      while (num_opts-- > 0)
-	if (opt->name && ovisible (opt) && strcmp (opt->name, name) == 0)
-	  return entry;
-	else
-	  opt++;
-
-      entry++;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If an entry with the long option NAME occurs in HOL, set it's special
-   sort position to GROUP.  */
-static void
-hol_set_group (struct hol *hol, const char *name, int group)
-{
-  struct hol_entry *entry = hol_find_entry (hol, name);
-  if (entry)
-    entry->group = group;
-}
-
-/* Order by group:  0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.
-   EQ is what to return if GROUP1 and GROUP2 are the same.  */
-static int
-group_cmp (int group1, int group2, int eq)
-{
-  if (group1 == group2)
-    return eq;
-  else if ((group1 < 0 && group2 < 0) || (group1 >= 0 && group2 >= 0))
-    return group1 - group2;
-  else
-    return group2 - group1;
-}
-
-/* Compare clusters CL1 & CL2 by the order that they should appear in
-   output.  */
-static int
-hol_cluster_cmp (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
-{
-  /* If one cluster is deeper than the other, use its ancestor at the same
-     level, so that finding the common ancestor is straightforward.  */
-  while (cl1->depth < cl2->depth)
-    cl1 = cl1->parent;
-  while (cl2->depth < cl1->depth)
-    cl2 = cl2->parent;
-
-  /* Now reduce both clusters to their ancestors at the point where both have
-     a common parent; these can be directly compared.  */
-  while (cl1->parent != cl2->parent)
-    cl1 = cl1->parent, cl2 = cl2->parent;
-
-  return group_cmp (cl1->group, cl2->group, cl2->index - cl1->index);
-}
-
-/* Return the ancestor of CL that's just below the root (i.e., has a parent
-   of 0).  */
-static struct hol_cluster *
-hol_cluster_base (struct hol_cluster *cl)
-{
-  while (cl->parent)
-    cl = cl->parent;
-  return cl;
-}
-
-/* Return true if CL1 is a child of CL2.  */
-static int
-hol_cluster_is_child (const struct hol_cluster *cl1,
-		      const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
-{
-  while (cl1 && cl1 != cl2)
-    cl1 = cl1->parent;
-  return cl1 == cl2;
-}
-
-/* Given the name of a OPTION_DOC option, modifies NAME to start at the tail
-   that should be used for comparisons, and returns true iff it should be
-   treated as a non-option.  */
-static int
-canon_doc_option (const char **name)
-{
-  int non_opt;
-  /* Skip initial whitespace.  */
-  while (isspace (**name))
-    (*name)++;
-  /* Decide whether this looks like an option (leading `-') or not.  */
-  non_opt = (**name != '-');
-  /* Skip until part of name used for sorting.  */
-  while (**name && !isalnum (**name))
-    (*name)++;
-  return non_opt;
-}
-
-/* Order ENTRY1 & ENTRY2 by the order which they should appear in a help
-   listing.  */
-static int
-hol_entry_cmp (const struct hol_entry *entry1,
-	       const struct hol_entry *entry2)
-{
-  /* The group numbers by which the entries should be ordered; if either is
-     in a cluster, then this is just the group within the cluster.  */
-  int group1 = entry1->group, group2 = entry2->group;
-
-  if (entry1->cluster != entry2->cluster)
-    /* The entries are not within the same cluster, so we can't compare them
-       directly, we have to use the appropiate clustering level too.  */
-    if (! entry1->cluster)
-      /* ENTRY1 is at the `base level', not in a cluster, so we have to
-	 compare it's group number with that of the base cluster in which
-	 ENTRY2 resides.  Note that if they're in the same group, the
-	 clustered option always comes laster.  */
-      return group_cmp (group1, hol_cluster_base (entry2->cluster)->group, -1);
-    else if (! entry2->cluster)
-      /* Likewise, but ENTRY2's not in a cluster.  */
-      return group_cmp (hol_cluster_base (entry1->cluster)->group, group2, 1);
-    else
-      /* Both entries are in clusters, we can just compare the clusters.  */
-      return hol_cluster_cmp (entry1->cluster, entry2->cluster);
-  else if (group1 == group2)
-    /* The entries are both in the same cluster and group, so compare them
-       alphabetically.  */
-    {
-      int short1 = hol_entry_first_short (entry1);
-      int short2 = hol_entry_first_short (entry2);
-      int doc1 = odoc (entry1->opt);
-      int doc2 = odoc (entry2->opt);
-      const char *long1 = hol_entry_first_long (entry1);
-      const char *long2 = hol_entry_first_long (entry2);
-
-      if (doc1)
-	doc1 = canon_doc_option (&long1);
-      if (doc2)
-	doc2 = canon_doc_option (&long2);
-
-      if (doc1 != doc2)
-	/* `documentation' options always follow normal options (or
-	   documentation options that *look* like normal options).  */
-	return doc1 - doc2;
-      else if (!short1 && !short2 && long1 && long2)
-	/* Only long options.  */
-	return __strcasecmp (long1, long2);
-      else
-	/* Compare short/short, long/short, short/long, using the first
-	   character of long options.  Entries without *any* valid
-	   options (such as options with OPTION_HIDDEN set) will be put
-	   first, but as they're not displayed, it doesn't matter where
-	   they are.  */
-	{
-	  char first1 = short1 ? short1 : long1 ? *long1 : 0;
-	  char first2 = short2 ? short2 : long2 ? *long2 : 0;
-	  int lower_cmp = tolower (first1) - tolower (first2);
-	  /* Compare ignoring case, except when the options are both the
-	     same letter, in which case lower-case always comes first.  */
-	  return lower_cmp ? lower_cmp : first2 - first1;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    /* Within the same cluster, but not the same group, so just compare
-       groups.  */
-    return group_cmp (group1, group2, 0);
-}
-
-/* Version of hol_entry_cmp with correct signature for qsort.  */
-static int
-hol_entry_qcmp (const void *entry1_v, const void *entry2_v)
-{
-  return hol_entry_cmp (entry1_v, entry2_v);
-}
-
-/* Sort HOL by group and alphabetically by option name (with short options
-   taking precedence over long).  Since the sorting is for display purposes
-   only, the shadowing of options isn't effected.  */
-static void
-hol_sort (struct hol *hol)
-{
-  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
-    qsort (hol->entries, hol->num_entries, sizeof (struct hol_entry),
-	   hol_entry_qcmp);
-}
-
-/* Append MORE to HOL, destroying MORE in the process.  Options in HOL shadow
-   any in MORE with the same name.  */
-static void
-hol_append (struct hol *hol, struct hol *more)
-{
-  struct hol_cluster **cl_end = &hol->clusters;
-
-  /* Steal MORE's cluster list, and add it to the end of HOL's.  */
-  while (*cl_end)
-    cl_end = &(*cl_end)->next;
-  *cl_end = more->clusters;
-  more->clusters = 0;
-
-  /* Merge entries.  */
-  if (more->num_entries > 0)
-    if (hol->num_entries == 0)
-      {
-	hol->num_entries = more->num_entries;
-	hol->entries = more->entries;
-	hol->short_options = more->short_options;
-	more->num_entries = 0;	/* Mark MORE's fields as invalid.  */
-      }
-    else
-      /* Append the entries in MORE to those in HOL, taking care to only add
-	 non-shadowed SHORT_OPTIONS values.  */
-      {
-	unsigned left;
-	char *so, *more_so;
-	struct hol_entry *e;
-	unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries + more->num_entries;
-	struct hol_entry *entries =
-	  malloc (num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
-	unsigned hol_so_len = strlen (hol->short_options);
-	char *short_options =
-	  malloc (hol_so_len + strlen (more->short_options) + 1);
-
-	__mempcpy (__mempcpy (entries, hol->entries,
-			      hol->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)),
-		   more->entries,
-		   more->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
-
-	__mempcpy (short_options, hol->short_options, hol_so_len);
-
-	/* Fix up the short options pointers from HOL.  */
-	for (e = entries, left = hol->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
-	  e->short_options += (short_options - hol->short_options);
-
-	/* Now add the short options from MORE, fixing up its entries too.  */
-	so = short_options + hol_so_len;
-	more_so = more->short_options;
-	for (left = more->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
-	  {
-	    int opts_left;
-	    const struct argp_option *opt;
-
-	    e->short_options = so;
-
-	    for (opts_left = e->num, opt = e->opt; opts_left; opt++, opts_left--)
-	      {
-		int ch = *more_so;
-		if (oshort (opt) && ch == opt->key)
-		  /* The next short option in MORE_SO, CH, is from OPT.  */
-		  {
-		    if (! find_char (ch, short_options,
-				     short_options + hol_so_len))
-		      /* The short option CH isn't shadowed by HOL's options,
-			 so add it to the sum.  */
-		      *so++ = ch;
-		    more_so++;
-		  }
-	      }
-	  }
-
-	*so = '\0';
-
-	free (hol->entries);
-	free (hol->short_options);
-
-	hol->entries = entries;
-	hol->num_entries = num_entries;
-	hol->short_options = short_options;
-      }
-
-  hol_free (more);
-}
-
-/* Inserts enough spaces to make sure STREAM is at column COL.  */
-static void
-indent_to (argp_fmtstream_t stream, unsigned col)
-{
-  int needed = col - __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
-  while (needed-- > 0)
-    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
-}
-
-/* Output to STREAM either a space, or a newline if there isn't room for at
-   least ENSURE characters before the right margin.  */
-static void
-space (argp_fmtstream_t stream, size_t ensure)
-{
-  if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + ensure
-      >= __argp_fmtstream_rmargin (stream))
-    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-  else
-    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
-}
-
-/* If the option REAL has an argument, we print it in using the printf
-   format REQ_FMT or OPT_FMT depending on whether it's a required or
-   optional argument.  */
-static void
-arg (const struct argp_option *real, const char *req_fmt, const char *opt_fmt,
-     const char *domain, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
-{
-  if (real->arg)
-    if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
-      __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, opt_fmt, dgettext (domain, real->arg));
-    else
-      __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, req_fmt, dgettext (domain, real->arg));
-}
-
-/* Helper functions for hol_entry_help.  */
-
-/* State used during the execution of hol_help.  */
-struct hol_help_state
-{
-  /* PREV_ENTRY should contain the previous entry printed, or 0.  */
-  struct hol_entry *prev_entry;
-
-  /* If an entry is in a different group from the previous one, and SEP_GROUPS
-     is true, then a blank line will be printed before any output. */
-  int sep_groups;
-
-  /* True if a duplicate option argument was suppressed (only ever set if
-     UPARAMS.dup_args is false).  */
-  int suppressed_dup_arg;
-};
-
-/* Some state used while printing a help entry (used to communicate with
-   helper functions).  See the doc for hol_entry_help for more info, as most
-   of the fields are copied from its arguments.  */
-struct pentry_state
-{
-  const struct hol_entry *entry;
-  argp_fmtstream_t stream;
-  struct hol_help_state *hhstate;
-
-  /* True if nothing's been printed so far.  */
-  int first;
-
-  /* If non-zero, the state that was used to print this help.  */
-  const struct argp_state *state;
-};
-
-/* If a user doc filter should be applied to DOC, do so.  */
-static const char *
-filter_doc (const char *doc, int key, const struct argp *argp,
-	    const struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  if (argp->help_filter)
-    /* We must apply a user filter to this output.  */
-    {
-      void *input = __argp_input (argp, state);
-      return (*argp->help_filter) (key, doc, input);
-    }
-  else
-    /* No filter.  */
-    return doc;
-}
-
-/* Prints STR as a header line, with the margin lines set appropiately, and
-   notes the fact that groups should be separated with a blank line.  ARGP is
-   the argp that should dictate any user doc filtering to take place.  Note
-   that the previous wrap margin isn't restored, but the left margin is reset
-   to 0.  */
-static void
-print_header (const char *str, const struct argp *argp,
-	      struct pentry_state *pest)
-{
-  const char *tstr = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, str);
-  const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER, argp, pest->state);
-
-  if (fstr)
-    {
-      if (*fstr)
-	{
-	  if (pest->hhstate->prev_entry)
-	    /* Precede with a blank line.  */
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
-	  indent_to (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, fstr);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, 0);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
-	}
-
-      pest->hhstate->sep_groups = 1; /* Separate subsequent groups. */
-    }
-
-  if (fstr != tstr)
-    free ((char *) fstr);
-}
-
-/* Inserts a comma if this isn't the first item on the line, and then makes
-   sure we're at least to column COL.  If this *is* the first item on a line,
-   prints any pending whitespace/headers that should precede this line. Also
-   clears FIRST.  */
-static void
-comma (unsigned col, struct pentry_state *pest)
-{
-  if (pest->first)
-    {
-      const struct hol_entry *pe = pest->hhstate->prev_entry;
-      const struct hol_cluster *cl = pest->entry->cluster;
-
-      if (pest->hhstate->sep_groups && pe && pest->entry->group != pe->group)
-	__argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
-
-      if (cl && cl->header && *cl->header
-	  && (!pe
-	      || (pe->cluster != cl
-		  && !hol_cluster_is_child (pe->cluster, cl))))
-	/* If we're changing clusters, then this must be the start of the
-	   ENTRY's cluster unless that is an ancestor of the previous one
-	   (in which case we had just popped into a sub-cluster for a bit).
-	   If so, then print the cluster's header line.  */
-	{
-	  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (pest->stream);
-	  print_header (cl->header, cl->argp, pest);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, old_wm);
-	}
-
-      pest->first = 0;
-    }
-  else
-    __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, ", ");
-
-  indent_to (pest->stream, col);
-}
-
-/* Print help for ENTRY to STREAM.  */
-static void
-hol_entry_help (struct hol_entry *entry, const struct argp_state *state,
-		argp_fmtstream_t stream, struct hol_help_state *hhstate)
-{
-  unsigned num;
-  const struct argp_option *real = entry->opt, *opt;
-  char *so = entry->short_options;
-  int have_long_opt = 0;	/* We have any long options.  */
-  /* Saved margins.  */
-  int old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
-  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (stream);
-  /* PEST is a state block holding some of our variables that we'd like to
-     share with helper functions.  */
-  struct pentry_state pest = { entry, stream, hhstate, 1, state };
-
-  if (! odoc (real))
-    for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
-      if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
-	{
-	  have_long_opt = 1;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-  /* First emit short options.  */
-  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.short_opt_col); /* For truly bizarre cases. */
-  for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
-    if (oshort (opt) && opt->key == *so)
-      /* OPT has a valid (non shadowed) short option.  */
-      {
-	if (ovisible (opt))
-	  {
-	    comma (uparams.short_opt_col, &pest);
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '-');
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, *so);
-	    if (!have_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
-	      arg (real, " %s", "[%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain, stream);
-	    else if (real->arg)
-	      hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
-	  }
-	so++;
-      }
-
-  /* Now, long options.  */
-  if (odoc (real))
-    /* A `documentation' option.  */
-    {
-      __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.doc_opt_col);
-      for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
-	if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
-	  {
-	    comma (uparams.doc_opt_col, &pest);
-	    /* Calling gettext here isn't quite right, since sorting will
-	       have been done on the original; but documentation options
-	       should be pretty rare anyway...  */
-	    __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream,
-				   dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
-					     opt->name));
-	  }
-    }
-  else
-    /* A real long option.  */
-    {
-      int first_long_opt = 1;
-
-      __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.long_opt_col);
-      for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
-	if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
-	  {
-	    comma (uparams.long_opt_col, &pest);
-	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "--%s", opt->name);
-	    if (first_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
-	      arg (real, "=%s", "[=%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain,
-		   stream);
-	    else if (real->arg)
-	      hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
-	  }
-    }
-
-  /* Next, documentation strings.  */
-  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
-
-  if (pest.first)
-    /* Didn't print any switches, what's up?  */
-    if (!oshort (real) && !real->name)
-      /* This is a group header, print it nicely.  */
-      print_header (real->doc, entry->argp, &pest);
-    else
-      /* Just a totally shadowed option or null header; print nothing.  */
-      goto cleanup;		/* Just return, after cleaning up.  */
-  else
-    {
-      const char *tstr = real->doc ? dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
-					       real->doc) : 0;
-      const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, real->key, entry->argp, state);
-      if (fstr && *fstr)
-	{
-	  unsigned int col = __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
-
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
-
-	  if (col > (unsigned int) (uparams.opt_doc_col + 3))
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-	  else if (col >= (unsigned int) uparams.opt_doc_col)
-	    __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, "   ");
-	  else
-	    indent_to (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
-
-	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
-	}
-      if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
-	free ((char *) fstr);
-
-      /* Reset the left margin.  */
-      __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
-      __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-    }
-
-  hhstate->prev_entry = entry;
-
-cleanup:
-  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, old_lm);
-  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, old_wm);
-}
-
-/* Output a long help message about the options in HOL to STREAM.  */
-static void
-hol_help (struct hol *hol, const struct argp_state *state,
-	  argp_fmtstream_t stream)
-{
-  unsigned num;
-  struct hol_entry *entry;
-  struct hol_help_state hhstate = { 0, 0, 0 };
-
-  for (entry = hol->entries, num = hol->num_entries; num > 0; entry++, num--)
-    hol_entry_help (entry, state, stream, &hhstate);
-
-  if (hhstate.suppressed_dup_arg && uparams.dup_args_note)
-    {
-      const char *tstr = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
-Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or \
-optional for any corresponding short options.");
-      const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
-				     state ? state->root_argp : 0, state);
-      if (fstr && *fstr)
-	{
-	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-	}
-      if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
-	free ((char *) fstr);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Helper functions for hol_usage.  */
-
-/* If OPT is a short option without an arg, append its key to the string
-   pointer pointer to by COOKIE, and advance the pointer.  */
-static int
-add_argless_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
-		       const struct argp_option *real,
-		       const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  char **snao_end = cookie;
-  if (!(opt->arg || real->arg)
-      && !((opt->flags | real->flags) & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
-    *(*snao_end)++ = opt->key;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If OPT is a short option with an arg, output a usage entry for it to the
-   stream pointed at by COOKIE.  */
-static int
-usage_argful_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
-			const struct argp_option *real,
-			const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
-  const char *arg = opt->arg;
-  int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
-
-  if (! arg)
-    arg = real->arg;
-
-  if (arg && !(flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
-    {
-      arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
-
-      if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
-	__argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%c[%s]]", opt->key, arg);
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't
-	     get wrapped at the embedded space.  */
-	  space (stream, 6 + strlen (arg));
-	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "[-%c %s]", opt->key, arg);
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Output a usage entry for the long option opt to the stream pointed at by
-   COOKIE.  */
-static int
-usage_long_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
-		const struct argp_option *real,
-		const char *domain, void *cookie)
-{
-  argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
-  const char *arg = opt->arg;
-  int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
-
-  if (! arg)
-    arg = real->arg;
-
-  if (! (flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
-    if (arg)
-      {
-	arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
-	if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
-	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s[=%s]]", opt->name, arg);
-	else
-	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s=%s]", opt->name, arg);
-      }
-    else
-      __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s]", opt->name);
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Print a short usage description for the arguments in HOL to STREAM.  */
-static void
-hol_usage (struct hol *hol, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
-{
-  if (hol->num_entries > 0)
-    {
-      unsigned nentries;
-      struct hol_entry *entry;
-      char *short_no_arg_opts = alloca (strlen (hol->short_options) + 1);
-      char *snao_end = short_no_arg_opts;
-
-      /* First we put a list of short options without arguments.  */
-      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
-	   ; nentries > 0
-	   ; entry++, nentries--)
-	hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, add_argless_short_opt,
-				 entry->argp->argp_domain, &snao_end);
-      if (snao_end > short_no_arg_opts)
-	{
-	  *snao_end++ = 0;
-	  __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%s]", short_no_arg_opts);
-	}
-
-      /* Now a list of short options *with* arguments.  */
-      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
-	   ; nentries > 0
-	   ; entry++, nentries--)
-	hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, usage_argful_short_opt,
-				 entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
-
-      /* Finally, a list of long options (whew!).  */
-      for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
-	   ; nentries > 0
-	   ; entry++, nentries--)
-	hol_entry_long_iterate (entry, usage_long_opt,
-				entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Make a HOL containing all levels of options in ARGP.  CLUSTER is the
-   cluster in which ARGP's entries should be clustered, or 0.  */
-static struct hol *
-argp_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
-{
-  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
-  struct hol *hol = make_hol (argp, cluster);
-  if (child)
-    while (child->argp)
-      {
-	struct hol_cluster *child_cluster =
-	  ((child->group || child->header)
-	   /* Put CHILD->argp within its own cluster.  */
-	   ? hol_add_cluster (hol, child->group, child->header,
-			      child - argp->children, cluster, argp)
-	   /* Just merge it into the parent's cluster.  */
-	   : cluster);
-	hol_append (hol, argp_hol (child->argp, child_cluster)) ;
-	child++;
-      }
-  return hol;
-}
-
-/* Calculate how many different levels with alternative args strings exist in
-   ARGP.  */
-static size_t
-argp_args_levels (const struct argp *argp)
-{
-  size_t levels = 0;
-  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
-
-  if (argp->args_doc && strchr (argp->args_doc, '\n'))
-    levels++;
-
-  if (child)
-    while (child->argp)
-      levels += argp_args_levels ((child++)->argp);
-
-  return levels;
-}
-
-/* Print all the non-option args documented in ARGP to STREAM.  Any output is
-   preceded by a space.  LEVELS is a pointer to a byte vector the length
-   returned by argp_args_levels; it should be initialized to zero, and
-   updated by this routine for the next call if ADVANCE is true.  True is
-   returned as long as there are more patterns to output.  */
-static int
-argp_args_usage (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
-		 char **levels, int advance, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
-{
-  char *our_level = *levels;
-  int multiple = 0;
-  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
-  const char *tdoc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->args_doc), *nl = 0;
-  const char *fdoc = filter_doc (tdoc, ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC, argp, state);
-
-  if (fdoc)
-    {
-      const char *cp = fdoc;
-      nl = strchr (cp, '\n');
-      if (nl)
-	/* This is a `multi-level' args doc; advance to the correct position
-	   as determined by our state in LEVELS, and update LEVELS.  */
-	{
-	  int i;
-	  multiple = 1;
-	  for (i = 0; i < *our_level; i++)
-	    cp = nl + 1, nl = strchr (cp, '\n');
-	  (*levels)++;
-	}
-      if (! nl)
-	nl = cp + strlen (cp);
-
-      /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't get wrapped at
-	 any embedded spaces.  */
-      space (stream, 1 + nl - cp);
-
-      __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, cp, nl - cp);
-    }
-  if (fdoc && fdoc != tdoc)
-    free ((char *)fdoc);	/* Free user's modified doc string.  */
-
-  if (child)
-    while (child->argp)
-      advance = !argp_args_usage ((child++)->argp, state, levels, advance, stream);
-
-  if (advance && multiple)
-    /* Need to increment our level.  */
-    if (*nl)
-      /* There's more we can do here.  */
-      {
-	(*our_level)++;
-	advance = 0;		/* Our parent shouldn't advance also. */
-      }
-    else if (*our_level > 0)
-      /* We had multiple levels, but used them up; reset to zero.  */
-      *our_level = 0;
-
-  return !advance;
-}
-
-/* Print the documentation for ARGP to STREAM; if POST is false, then
-   everything preceeding a `\v' character in the documentation strings (or
-   the whole string, for those with none) is printed, otherwise, everything
-   following the `\v' character (nothing for strings without).  Each separate
-   bit of documentation is separated a blank line, and if PRE_BLANK is true,
-   then the first is as well.  If FIRST_ONLY is true, only the first
-   occurance is output.  Returns true if anything was output.  */
-static int
-argp_doc (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
-	  int post, int pre_blank, int first_only,
-	  argp_fmtstream_t stream)
-{
-  const char *text;
-  const char *inp_text;
-  void *input = 0;
-  int anything = 0;
-  size_t inp_text_limit = 0;
-  const char *doc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->doc);
-  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
-
-  if (doc)
-    {
-      char *vt = strchr (doc, '\v');
-      inp_text = post ? (vt ? vt + 1 : 0) : doc;
-      inp_text_limit = (!post && vt) ? (vt - doc) : 0;
-    }
-  else
-    inp_text = 0;
-
-  if (argp->help_filter)
-    /* We have to filter the doc strings.  */
-    {
-      if (inp_text_limit)
-	/* Copy INP_TEXT so that it's nul-terminated.  */
-      inp_text = strndup (inp_text, inp_text_limit);
-      input = __argp_input (argp, state);
-      text =
-	(*argp->help_filter) (post
-			      ? ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC
-			      : ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC,
-			      inp_text, input);
-    }
-  else
-    text = (const char *) inp_text;
-
-  if (text)
-    {
-      if (pre_blank)
-	__argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-
-      if (text == inp_text && inp_text_limit)
-	__argp_fmtstream_write (stream, inp_text, inp_text_limit);
-      else
-	__argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
-
-      if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
-	__argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-
-      anything = 1;
-    }
-
-  if (text && text != inp_text)
-    free ((char *) text);	/* Free TEXT returned from the help filter.  */
-  if (inp_text && inp_text_limit && argp->help_filter)
-    free ((char *) inp_text);	/* We copied INP_TEXT, so free it now.  */
-
-  if (post && argp->help_filter)
-    /* Now see if we have to output a ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA text.  */
-    {
-      text = (*argp->help_filter) (ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA, 0, input);
-      if (text)
-	{
-	  if (anything || pre_blank)
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-	  __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
-	  free ((char *) text);
-	  if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream)
-	      > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
-	  anything = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (child)
-    while (child->argp && !(first_only && anything))
-      anything |=
-	argp_doc ((child++)->argp, state,
-		  post, anything || pre_blank, first_only,
-		  stream);
-
-  return anything;
-}
-
-/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  If called from
-   argp_state_help, STATE is the relevent parsing state.  FLAGS are from the
-   set ARGP_HELP_*.  NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is
-   needed. */
-static void
-_help (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream,
-       unsigned flags, char *name)
-{
-  int anything = 0;		/* Whether we've output anything.  */
-  struct hol *hol = 0;
-  argp_fmtstream_t fs;
-
-  if (! stream)
-    return;
-
-  if (! uparams.valid)
-    fill_in_uparams (state);
-
-  fs = __argp_make_fmtstream (stream, 0, uparams.rmargin, 0);
-  if (! fs)
-    return;
-
-  if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG))
-    {
-      hol = argp_hol (argp, 0);
-
-      /* If present, these options always come last.  */
-      hol_set_group (hol, "help", -1);
-      hol_set_group (hol, "version", -1);
-
-      hol_sort (hol);
-    }
-
-  if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE))
-    /* Print a short `Usage:' message.  */
-    {
-      int first_pattern = 1, more_patterns;
-      size_t num_pattern_levels = argp_args_levels (argp);
-      char *pattern_levels = alloca (num_pattern_levels);
-
-      memset (pattern_levels, 0, num_pattern_levels);
-
-      do
-	{
-	  int old_lm;
-	  int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
-	  char *levels = pattern_levels;
-
-	  if (first_pattern)
-	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
-				     dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "Usage:"),
-				     name);
-	  else
-	    __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
-				     dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "  or: "),
-				     name);
-
-	  /* We set the lmargin as well as the wmargin, because hol_usage
-	     manually wraps options with newline to avoid annoying breaks.  */
-	  old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
-
-	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE)
-	    /* Just show where the options go.  */
-	    {
-	      if (hol->num_entries > 0)
-		__argp_fmtstream_puts (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
-						     " [OPTION...]"));
-	    }
-	  else
-	    /* Actually print the options.  */
-	    {
-	      hol_usage (hol, fs);
-	      flags |= ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE; /* But only do so once.  */
-	    }
-
-	  more_patterns = argp_args_usage (argp, state, &levels, 1, fs);
-
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, old_wm);
-	  __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, old_lm);
-
-	  __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
-	  anything = 1;
-
-	  first_pattern = 0;
-	}
-      while (more_patterns);
-    }
-
-  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC)
-    anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 0, 0, 1, fs);
-
-  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SEE)
-    {
-      __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "\
-Try `%s --help' or `%s --usage' for more information.\n"),
-			       name, name);
-      anything = 1;
-    }
-
-  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_LONG)
-    /* Print a long, detailed help message.  */
-    {
-      /* Print info about all the options.  */
-      if (hol->num_entries > 0)
-	{
-	  if (anything)
-	    __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
-	  hol_help (hol, state, fs);
-	  anything = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
-    /* Print any documentation strings at the end.  */
-    anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 1, anything, 0, fs);
-
-  if ((flags & ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) && argp_program_bug_address)
-    {
-      if (anything)
-	__argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
-      __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
-					     "Report bugs to %s.\n"),
- 			       argp_program_bug_address);
-      anything = 1;
-    }
-
-  if (hol)
-    hol_free (hol);
-
-  __argp_fmtstream_free (fs);
-}
-
-/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  FLAGS are from the set
-   ARGP_HELP_*.  NAME is what to use wherever a `program name' is needed. */
-void __argp_help (const struct argp *argp, FILE *stream,
-		  unsigned flags, char *name)
-{
-  _help (argp, 0, stream, flags, name);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_help, argp_help)
-#endif
-
-/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM.  FLAGS are
-   from the set ARGP_HELP_*.  */
-void
-__argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, unsigned flags)
-{
-  if ((!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) && stream)
-    {
-      if (state && (state->flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY))
-	flags |= ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY;
-
-      _help (state ? state->root_argp : 0, state, stream, flags,
-	     state ? state->name : program_invocation_short_name);
-
-      if (!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
-	{
-	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
-	    exit (argp_err_exit_status);
-	  if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK)
-	    exit (0);
-	}
-  }
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_state_help, argp_state_help)
-#endif
-
-/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
-   by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
-   message, then exit (1).  */
-void
-__argp_error (const struct argp_state *state, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-  if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
-    {
-      FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
-
-      if (stream)
-	{
-	  va_list ap;
-
-	  fputs (state ? state->name : program_invocation_short_name, stream);
-	  putc (':', stream);
-	  putc (' ', stream);
-
-	  va_start (ap, fmt);
-	  vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
-	  va_end (ap);
-
-	  putc ('\n', stream);
-
-	  __argp_state_help (state, stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
-	}
-    }
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_error, argp_error)
-#endif
-
-/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
-   respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
-   to STATE->err_stream.  This is useful for argument parsing code that is
-   shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
-   option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead).  The
-   difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
-   *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
-   parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input.  */
-void
-__argp_failure (const struct argp_state *state, int status, int errnum,
-		const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-  if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
-    {
-      FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
-
-      if (stream)
-	{
-	  fputs (state ? state->name : program_invocation_short_name, stream);
-
-	  if (fmt)
-	    {
-	      va_list ap;
-
-	      putc (':', stream);
-	      putc (' ', stream);
-
-	      va_start (ap, fmt);
-	      vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
-	      va_end (ap);
-	    }
-
-	  if (errnum)
-	    {
-	      putc (':', stream);
-	      putc (' ', stream);
-	      fputs (strerror (errnum), stream);
-	    }
-
-	  putc ('\n', stream);
-
-	  if (status && (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)))
-	    exit (status);
-	}
-    }
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_failure, argp_failure)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/argp-namefrob.h b/support/argp-namefrob.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 983ae9fc..00000000
--- a/support/argp-namefrob.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if !_LIBC
-/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
-   namespace reserved for libc.  If we're not compiling in libc, define those
-   names to be the normal ones instead.  */
-
-/* argp-parse functions */
-#undef __argp_parse
-#define __argp_parse argp_parse
-#undef __option_is_end
-#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
-#undef __option_is_short
-#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
-#undef __argp_input
-#define __argp_input _argp_input
-
-/* argp-help functions */
-#undef __argp_help
-#define __argp_help argp_help
-#undef __argp_error
-#define __argp_error argp_error
-#undef __argp_failure
-#define __argp_failure argp_failure
-#undef __argp_state_help
-#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
-#undef __argp_usage
-#define __argp_usage argp_usage
-
-/* argp-fmtstream functions */
-#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
-#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
-#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
-#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
-#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
-#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
-#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
-#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
-#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
-#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
-#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
-#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
-
-/* normal libc functions we call */
-#undef __sleep
-#define __sleep sleep
-#undef __strcasecmp
-#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
-#undef __vsnprintf
-#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
-
-#endif /* !_LIBC */
-
-#ifndef __set_errno
-#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
-#endif
diff --git a/support/argp-parse.c b/support/argp-parse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d4256f..00000000
--- a/support/argp-parse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,957 +0,0 @@
-/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <getopt.h>
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define dgettext(domain, msgid) (msgid)
-# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-#define N_(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-
-#if _LIBC - 0
-#include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_CTHREADS_H
-#include <cthreads.h>
-#endif
-#endif /* _LIBC */
-
-#include "argp.h"
-#include "argp-namefrob.h"
-
-/* This is for Gnome only.  */
-#include "gnome-argp.h"
-
-/* Getopt return values.  */
-#define KEY_END (-1)		/* The end of the options.  */
-#define KEY_ARG 1		/* A non-option argument.  */
-#define KEY_ERR '?'		/* An error parsing the options.  */
-
-/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
-   as options.  */
-#define QUOTE "--"
-
-/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use.  */
-#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
-
-/* The number of bits available for the user value.  */
-#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
-#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
-
-/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN.  */
-#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
-
-/* Default options.  */
-
-/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
-   for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero.  Thus
-   you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
-   it to 0 yourself.  */
-volatile int _argp_hang = 0;
-
-#define OPT_PROGNAME	-2
-#define OPT_USAGE	-3
-#define OPT_HANG	-4
-
-static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
-{
-  {"help",	  '?',    	0, 0,  N_("Give this help list"), -1},
-  {"usage",	  OPT_USAGE,	0, 0,  N_("Give a short usage message")},
-  {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,"NAME", OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("Set the program name")},
-  {"HANG",	  OPT_HANG,    "SECS", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
-     N_("Hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)")},
-  {0, 0}
-};
-
-static error_t
-argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  switch (key)
-    {
-    case '?':
-      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
-      break;
-    case OPT_USAGE:
-      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
-		       ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
-      break;
-
-    case OPT_PROGNAME:		/* Set the program name.  */
-      program_invocation_name = arg;
-
-      /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
-	 __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
-	 to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.]  */
-      arg = strrchr (arg, '/');
-      if (arg)
-	program_invocation_short_name = arg + 1;
-      else
-	program_invocation_short_name = program_invocation_name;
-
-      /* Update what we use for messages.  */
-      state->name = program_invocation_short_name;
-
-      if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
-	  == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
-	/* Update what getopt uses too.  */
-	state->argv[0] = program_invocation_name;
-
-      break;
-
-    case OPT_HANG:
-      _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
-      while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
-	__sleep (1);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      return EBADKEY;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
-  {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser};
-
-
-static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
-{
-  {"version",	  'V',    	0, 0,  N_("Print program version"), -1},
-  {0, 0}
-};
-
-static error_t
-argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  switch (key)
-    {
-    case 'V':
-      if (argp_program_version_hook)
-	(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
-      else if (argp_program_version)
-	fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
-      else
-	__argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
-				       "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
-      if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
-	exit (0);
-      break;
-    default:
-      return EBADKEY;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
-  {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser};
-
-/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
-   long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found.  Passing NULL as
-   NAME will return the number of options.  */
-static int
-find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
-{
-  struct option *l = long_options;
-  while (l->name != NULL)
-    if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
-      return l - long_options;
-    else
-      l++;
-  if (name == NULL)
-    return l - long_options;
-  else
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/* If we can, we regulate access to getopt, which is non-reentrant, with a
-   mutex.  Since the case we're trying to guard against is two different
-   threads interfering, and it's possible that someone might want to call
-   argp_parse recursively (they're careful), we use a recursive lock if
-   possible.  */
-
-#if _LIBC - 0
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, getopt_lock)
-#define LOCK_GETOPT   __libc_lock_lock_recursive (getopt_lock)
-#define UNLOCK_GETOPT __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (getopt_lock)
-
-#else /* !_LIBC */
-#ifdef HAVE_CTHREADS_H
-
-static struct mutex getopt_lock = MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-#define LOCK_GETOPT   mutex_lock (&getopt_lock)
-#define UNLOCK_GETOPT mutex_unlock (&getopt_lock)
-
-#else /* !HAVE_CTHREADS_H */
-
-#define LOCK_GETOPT    (void)0
-#define UNLOCK_GETOPT  (void)0
-
-#endif /* HAVE_CTHREADS_H */
-#endif /* _LIBC */
-
-/* This hack to allow programs that know what's going on to call argp
-   recursively.  If someday argp is changed not to use the non-reentrant
-   getopt interface, we can get rid of this shit.  XXX */
-void
-_argp_unlock_xxx (void)
-{
-  UNLOCK_GETOPT;
-}
-
-/* The state of a `group' during parsing.  Each group corresponds to a
-   particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
-   level argp passed to argp_parse.  */
-struct group
-{
-  /* This group's parsing function.  */
-  argp_parser_t parser;
-
-  /* Which argp this group is from.  */
-  const struct argp *argp;
-
-  /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
-     options for this group.  We use it to determine from which group a
-     particular short options is from.  */
-  char *short_end;
-
-  /* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser.  */
-  unsigned args_processed;
-
-  /* This group's parser's parent's group.  */
-  struct group *parent;
-  unsigned parent_index;	/* And the our position in the parent.   */
-
-  /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
-     calling this group's parser.  */
-  void *input, **child_inputs;
-  void *hook;
-};
-
-/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
-   from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards.  If GROUP has
-   no parser, EBADKEY is returned.  */
-static error_t
-group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
-{
-  if (group->parser)
-    {
-      error_t err;
-      state->hook = group->hook;
-      state->input = group->input;
-      state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
-      state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
-      err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
-      group->hook = state->hook;
-      return err;
-    }
-  else
-    return EBADKEY;
-}
-
-struct parser
-{
-  const struct argp *argp;
-
-  /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
-     groups of options.  */
-  char *short_opts;
-  /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
-     all the groups of options.  */
-  struct option *long_opts;
-
-  /* States of the various parsing groups.  */
-  struct group *groups;
-  /* The end of the GROUPS array.  */
-  struct group *egroup;
-  /* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups.  */
-  void **child_inputs;
-
-  /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
-     remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG.  This is
-     cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
-     moves the next argument pointer backwards.  */
-  int try_getopt;
-
-  /* State block supplied to parsing routines.  */
-  struct argp_state state;
-
-  /* Memory used by this parser.  */
-  void *storage;
-};
-
-/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
-   convert_options.  */
-struct parser_convert_state
-{
-  struct parser *parser;
-  char *short_end;
-  struct option *long_end;
-  void **child_inputs_end;
-};
-
-/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
-   into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
-   CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added.  Returns the
-   next unused group entry.  CVT holds state used during the conversion.  */
-static struct group *
-convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
-		 struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
-		 struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
-{
-  /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT.  */
-  const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
-  const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
-
-  if (real || argp->parser)
-    {
-      const struct argp_option *opt;
-
-      if (real)
-	for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
-	  {
-	    if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
-	      /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it.  */
-	      real = opt;
-
-	    if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
-	      /* A real option (not just documentation).  */
-	      {
-		if (__option_is_short (opt))
-		  /* OPT can be used as a short option.  */
-		  {
-		    *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
-		    if (real->arg)
-		      {
-			*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
-			if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
-			  *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
-		      }
-		    *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
-		  }
-
-		if (opt->name
-		    && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
-		  /* OPT can be used as a long option.  */
-		  {
-		    cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
-		    cvt->long_end->has_arg =
-		      (real->arg
-		       ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
-			  ? optional_argument
-			  : required_argument)
-		       : no_argument);
-		    cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
-		    /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
-		       values (which is removed before we actually call
-		       the function to parse the value); this means that
-		       the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
-		       values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
-		       however)...  */
-		    cvt->long_end->val =
-		      ((opt->key | real->key) & USER_MASK)
-		      + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
-
-		    /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated.  */
-		    (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    }
-
-      group->parser = argp->parser;
-      group->argp = argp;
-      group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
-      group->args_processed = 0;
-      group->parent = parent;
-      group->parent_index = parent_index;
-      group->input = 0;
-      group->hook = 0;
-      group->child_inputs = 0;
-
-      if (children)
-	/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
-           CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
-	{
-	  unsigned num_children = 0;
-	  while (children[num_children].argp)
-	    num_children++;
-	  group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
-	  cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
-	}
-
-      parent = group++;
-    }
-  else
-    parent = 0;
-
-  if (children)
-    {
-      unsigned index = 0;
-      while (children->argp)
-	group =
-	  convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
-    }
-
-  return group;
-}
-
-/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
-static void
-parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
-{
-  struct parser_convert_state cvt;
-
-  cvt.parser = parser;
-  cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
-  cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
-  cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
-
-  if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
-    *cvt.short_end++ = '-';
-  else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
-    *cvt.short_end++ = '+';
-  *cvt.short_end = '\0';
-
-  cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
-
-  parser->argp = argp;
-
-  if (argp)
-    parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
-  else
-    parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
-}
-
-/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated.  */
-struct parser_sizes
-{
-  size_t short_len;		/* Getopt short options string.  */
-  size_t long_len;		/* Getopt long options vector.  */
-  size_t num_groups;		/* Group structures we allocate.  */
-  size_t num_child_inputs;	/* Child input slots.  */
-};
-
-/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
- argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
- the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
- long-options array, respectively.  */
-static void
-calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp,  struct parser_sizes *szs)
-{
-  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
-  const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
-
-  if (opt || argp->parser)
-    {
-      szs->num_groups++;
-      if (opt)
-	{
-	  int num_opts = 0;
-	  while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
-	    num_opts++;
-	  szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
-	  szs->long_len += num_opts;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (child)
-    while (child->argp)
-      {
-	calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
-	szs->num_child_inputs++;
-      }
-}
-
-/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS.  */
-static error_t
-parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
-	     int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
-{
-  error_t err = 0;
-  struct group *group;
-  struct parser_sizes szs;
-
-  szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
-  szs.long_len = 0;
-  szs.num_groups = 0;
-  szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
-
-  if (argp)
-    calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
-
-  /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER.  */
-#define GLEN (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group)
-#define CLEN (szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *))
-#define LLEN ((szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option))
-#define SLEN (szs.short_len + 1)
-
-  parser->storage = malloc (GLEN + CLEN + LLEN + SLEN);
-  if (! parser->storage)
-    return ENOMEM;
-
-  parser->groups = parser->storage;
-  parser->child_inputs = parser->storage + GLEN;
-  parser->long_opts = parser->storage + GLEN + CLEN;
-  parser->short_opts = parser->storage + GLEN + CLEN + LLEN;
-
-  memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *));
-  parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
-
-  memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
-  parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
-  parser->state.argc = argc;
-  parser->state.argv = argv;
-  parser->state.flags = flags;
-  parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
-  parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
-  parser->state.next = 0;	/* Tell getopt to initialize.  */
-  parser->state.pstate = parser;
-
-  parser->try_getopt = 1;
-
-  /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
-     values to child parsers.  */
-  if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
-    parser->groups->input = input;
-  for (group = parser->groups;
-       group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
-       group++)
-    {
-      if (group->parent)
-	/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
-	group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
-
-      if (!group->parser
-	  && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
-	/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
-	   argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
-	   makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient).  */
-	group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
-
-      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
-    }
-  if (err == EBADKEY)
-    err = 0;			/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
-
-  if (err)
-    return err;
-
-  /* Getopt is (currently) non-reentrant.  */
-  LOCK_GETOPT;
-
-  if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
-    {
-      opterr = 0;
-      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
-	/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out.  As long
-	   as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it.  */
-	parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
-    }
-  else
-    opterr = 1;		/* Print error messages.  */
-
-  if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
-    /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages.  */
-    {
-      char *short_name = strrchr (argv[0], '/');
-      parser->state.name = short_name ? short_name + 1 : argv[0];
-    }
-  else
-    parser->state.name = program_invocation_short_name;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself).  */
-static error_t
-parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
-		 error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
-{
-  struct group *group;
-
-  UNLOCK_GETOPT;
-
-  if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
-    /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments.  */
-    err = 0;
-
-  if (! err)
-    if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
-      /* We successfully parsed all arguments!  Call all the parsers again,
-	 just a few more times... */
-      {
-	for (group = parser->groups;
-	     group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
-	     group++)
-	  if (group->args_processed == 0)
-	    err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
-	for (group = parser->groups;
-	     group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
-	     group++)
-	  err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
-
-	if (err == EBADKEY)
-	  err = 0;		/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
-
-	/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed.  */
-	if (end_index)
-	  *end_index = parser->state.next;
-      }
-    else if (end_index)
-      /* Return any remaining arguments to the user.  */
-      *end_index = parser->state.next;
-    else
-      /* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
-      {
-	if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS) && parser->state.err_stream)
-	  fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
-		   dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
-			     "%s: Too many arguments\n"), parser->state.name);
-	err = EBADKEY;
-      }
-
-  /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
-     to indicate which one.  */
-
-  if (err)
-    {
-      /* Maybe print an error message.  */
-      if (err == EBADKEY)
-	/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
-	   been printed earlier.  */
-	__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
-			   ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
-
-      /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication.  */
-      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
-	group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
-    }
-  else
-    /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers.  */
-    {
-      /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
-	 given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
-	 the parent.  */
-      for (group = parser->egroup - 1
-	   ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
-	   ; group--)
-	err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
-      if (err == EBADKEY)
-	err = 0;		/* Some parser didn't understand.  */
-    }
-
-  /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup.  Errors are ignored.  */
-  for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
-    group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
-
-  if (err == EBADKEY)
-    err = EINVAL;
-
-  free (parser->storage);
-
-  return err;
-}
-
-/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
-   position, returning any error.  The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
-   been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
-   adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
-   consumed.  */
-static error_t
-parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
-{
-  /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
-     we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector.  */
-  int index = --parser->state.next;
-  error_t err = EBADKEY;
-  struct group *group;
-  int key = 0;			/* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used.  */
-
-  /* Try to parse the argument in each parser.  */
-  for (group = parser->groups
-       ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
-       ; group++)
-    {
-      parser->state.next++;	/* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg.  */
-      key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
-      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
-
-      if (err == EBADKEY)
-	/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
-	{
-	  parser->state.next--;	/* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg.  */
-	  key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
-	  err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (! err)
-    {
-      if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
-	/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
-	   changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
-	   consumed.  */
-	parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
-
-      if (parser->state.next > index)
-	/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
-	   argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
-	   the clock back.  */
-	(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
-      else
-	/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try.  */
-	parser->try_getopt = 1;
-    }
-
-  return err;
-}
-
-/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
-   current position, returning any error.  */
-static error_t
-parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
-{
-  /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
-     group_number + 1 for long opts.  */
-  int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
-  error_t err = EBADKEY;
-
-  if (group_key == 0)
-    /* A short option.  By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
-       various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
-       determine which group OPT came from.  */
-    {
-      struct group *group;
-      char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
-
-      if (short_index)
-	for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
-	  if (group->short_end > short_index)
-	    {
-	      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt, optarg);
-	      break;
-	    }
-    }
-  else
-    /* A long option.  We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
-       the user value in order to preserve the sign.  */
-    err =
-      group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
-		   (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS, optarg);
-
-  if (err == EBADKEY)
-    /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
-       parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
-       with each option.  */
-    {
-      static const char bad_key_err[] =
-	N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
-      if (group_key == 0)
-	__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
-		      dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
-      else
-	{
-	  struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
-	  while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
-	    long_opt++;
-	  __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
-			long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
-			dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
-	}
-    }
-
-  return err;
-}
-
-/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
-   Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
-   whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
-   generally not fatal).  */
-static error_t
-parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
-{
-  int opt;
-  error_t err = 0;
-
-  if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
-    /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
-       region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
-       another chance.  If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
-       process it again.  */
-    parser->state.quoted = 0;
-
-  if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
-    /* Give getopt a chance to parse this.  */
-    {
-      optind = parser->state.next; /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt.  */
-      optopt = KEY_END;	/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option.  */
-      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
-	opt = getopt_long_only (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
-				parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0);
-      else
-	opt = getopt_long (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
-			   parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0);
-      parser->state.next = optind; /* And see what getopt did.  */
-
-      if (opt == KEY_END)
-	/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
-	   getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own.  */
-	{
-	  parser->try_getopt = 0;
-	  if (parser->state.next > 1
-	      && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
-	           == 0)
-	    /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
-	       `quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
-	       options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
-	       here, whatever happens.  */
-	    parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
-	}
-      else if (opt == KEY_ERR && optopt != KEY_END)
-	/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
-	   option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
-	   to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END.  */
-	{
-	  *arg_ebadkey = 0;
-	  return EBADKEY;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    opt = KEY_END;
-
-  if (opt == KEY_END)
-    /* We're past what getopt considers the options.  */
-    if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
-	|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
-      /* Indicate that we're done.  */
-      {
-	*arg_ebadkey = 1;
-	return EBADKEY;
-      }
-    else
-      /* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done.  */
-      {
-	opt = KEY_ARG;
-	optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
-      }
-
-  if (opt == KEY_ARG)
-    /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn.  */
-    err = parser_parse_arg (parser, optarg);
-  else
-    err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, optarg);
-
-  if (err == EBADKEY)
-    *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
-
-  return err;
-}
-
-/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
-   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
-   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
-   unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
-   returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned.  */
-error_t
-__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
-	      int *end_index, void *input)
-{
-  error_t err;
-  struct parser parser;
-
-  /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
-     to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error).  */
-  int arg_ebadkey = 0;
-
-  if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
-    /* Add our own options.  */
-    {
-      struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
-      struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
-
-      /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
-	 argps.  */
-      memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
-      top_argp->children = child;
-
-      memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
-
-      if (argp)
-	(child++)->argp = argp;
-      (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
-      if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
-	(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
-      child->argp = 0;
-
-      argp = top_argp;
-    }
-
-  /* Construct a parser for these arguments.  */
-  err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
-
-  if (! err)
-    /* Parse! */
-    {
-      while (! err)
-	err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
-      err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
-    }
-
-  return err;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
-#endif
-
-/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
-   by the help routines.  */
-void *
-__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  if (state)
-    {
-      struct group *group;
-      struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
-
-      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
-	if (group->argp == argp)
-	  return group->input;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/argp-pv.c b/support/argp-pv.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 27d714b3..00000000
--- a/support/argp-pv.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
-   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
-   print this this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
-   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
-const char *argp_program_version = 0;
diff --git a/support/argp-pvh.c b/support/argp-pvh.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ed60aa99..00000000
--- a/support/argp-pvh.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "argp.h"
-
-/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
-   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
-   this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
-   current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
-   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
-void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = 0;
diff --git a/support/argp-test.c b/support/argp-test.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 702ae9aa..00000000
--- a/support/argp-test.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/* Test program for argp argument parser
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <argp.h>
-
-const char *argp_program_version = "argp-test 1.0";
-
-struct argp_option sub_options[] =
-{
-  {"subopt1",       's',     0,  0, "Nested option 1"},
-  {"subopt2",       'S',     0,  0, "Nested option 2"},
-
-  { 0, 0, 0, 0, "Some more nested options:", 10},
-  {"subopt3",       'p',     0,  0, "Nested option 3"},
-
-  {"subopt4",       'q',     0,  0, "Nested option 4", 1},
-
-  {0}
-};
-
-static const char sub_args_doc[] = "STRING...\n-";
-static const char sub_doc[] = "\vThis is the doc string from the sub-arg-parser.";
-
-static error_t
-sub_parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  switch (key)
-    {
-    case ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS:
-      printf ("NO SUB ARGS\n");
-      break;
-    case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
-      printf ("SUB ARG: %s\n", arg);
-      break;
-
-    case 's' : case 'S': case 'p': case 'q':
-      printf ("SUB KEY %c\n", key);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static char *
-sub_help_filter (int key, const char *text, void *input)
-{
-  if (key == ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA)
-    return strdup ("This is some extra text from the sub parser (note that it \
-is preceded by a blank line).");
-  else
-    return (char *)text;
-}
-
-static struct argp sub_argp = {
-  sub_options, sub_parse_opt, sub_args_doc, sub_doc, 0, sub_help_filter
-};
-
-/* Structure used to communicate with the parsing functions.  */
-struct params
-{
-  unsigned foonly;		/* Value parsed for foonly.  */
-  unsigned foonly_default;	/* Default value for it.  */
-};
-
-#define OPT_PGRP 1
-#define OPT_SESS 2
-
-struct argp_option options[] =
-{
-  {"pid",       'p',     "PID", 0, "List the process PID"},
-  {"pgrp",      OPT_PGRP,"PGRP",0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"},
-  {"no-parent", 'P',	 0,     0, "Include processes without parents"},
-  {0,           'x',     0,     OPTION_ALIAS},
-  {"all-fields",'Q',     0,     0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally"
-				   " if there's some reason ps can't"
-				   " print a field for any process, it's"
-				   " removed from the output entirely)" },
-  {"reverse",   'r',    0,      0, "Reverse the order of any sort"},
-  {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS},
-  {"session",  OPT_SESS,"SID",  OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
-				   "Add the processes from the session"
-				   " SID (which defaults to the sid of"
-				   " the current process)" },
-
-  {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"},
-  {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL, "Glork a foonly"},
-  {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"},
-
-  {0}
-};
-
-static const char args_doc[] = "STRING";
-static const char doc[] = "Test program for argp."
- "\vThis doc string comes after the options."
- "\nHey!  Some manual formatting!"
- "\nThe current time is: %s";
-
-static void
-popt (int key, char *arg)
-{
-  char buf[10];
-  if (isprint (key))
-    sprintf (buf, "%c", key);
-  else
-    sprintf (buf, "%d", key);
-  if (arg)
-    printf ("KEY %s: %s\n", buf, arg);
-  else
-    printf ("KEY %s\n", buf);
-}
-
-static error_t
-parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
-{
-  struct params *params = state->input;
-
-  switch (key)
-    {
-    case ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS:
-      printf ("NO ARGS\n");
-      break;
-
-    case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
-      if (state->arg_num > 0)
-	return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; /* Leave it for the sub-arg parser.  */
-      printf ("ARG: %s\n", arg);
-      break;
-
-    case 'f':
-      if (arg)
-	params->foonly = atoi (arg);
-      else
-	params->foonly = params->foonly_default;
-      popt (key, arg);
-      break;
-
-    case 'p': case 'P': case OPT_PGRP: case 'x': case 'Q':
-    case 'r': case OPT_SESS: case 'z':
-      popt (key, arg);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static char *
-help_filter (int key, const char *text, void *input)
-{
-  char *new_text;
-  struct params *params = input;
-
-  if (key == ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC && text)
-    {
-      time_t now = time (0);
-      asprintf (&new_text, text, ctime (&now));
-    }
-  else if (key == 'f')
-    /* Show the default for the --foonly option.  */
-    asprintf (&new_text, "%s (ZOT defaults to %x)",
-	      text, params->foonly_default);
-  else
-    new_text = (char *)text;
-
-  return new_text;
-}
-
-static struct argp_child argp_children[] = { { &sub_argp }, { 0 } };
-static struct argp argp = {
-  options, parse_opt, args_doc, doc, argp_children, help_filter
-};
-
-int
-main (int argc, char **argv)
-{
-  struct params params;
-  params.foonly = 0;
-  params.foonly_default = random ();
-  argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, &params);
-  printf ("After parsing: foonly = %x\n", params.foonly);
-  return 0;
-}
diff --git a/support/argp-xinl.c b/support/argp-xinl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 35a8f832..00000000
--- a/support/argp-xinl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define ARGP_EI
-#undef __OPTIMIZE__
-#define __OPTIMIZE__
-#include "argp.h"
-
-/* Add weak aliases.  */
-#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
-
-weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
-weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
-weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/argp.h b/support/argp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b27a02d9..00000000
--- a/support/argp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ARGP_H
-#define _ARGP_H
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <getopt.h>
-
-#define __need_error_t
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifndef __const
-# define __const const
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __error_t_defined
-typedef int error_t;
-# define __error_t_defined
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __P
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __P(args)	args
-# else
-#  define __P(args)	()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* For Gnome only: don't assume gcc.  */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#define __attribute__(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef  __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* A description of a particular option.  A pointer to an array of
-   these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure.  Each option
-   entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
-   names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
-   array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
-struct argp_option
-{
-  /* The long option name.  For more than one name for the same option, you
-     can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
-  __const char *name;
-
-  /* What key is returned for this option.  If > 0 and printable, then it's
-     also accepted as a short option.  */
-  int key;
-
-  /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
-     option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
-  __const char *arg;
-
-  /* OPTION_ flags.  */
-  int flags;
-
-  /* The doc string for this option.  If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
-     will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
-     useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
-     group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.  */
-  __const char *doc;
-
-  /* The group this option is in.  In a long help message, options are sorted
-     alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
-     0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.  Every entry in an options array with
-     if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
-     zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
-     0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default.  Automagic
-     options such as --help are put into group -1.  */
-  int group;
-};
-
-/* The argument associated with this option is optional.  */
-#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL	0x1
-
-/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages.  */
-#define OPTION_HIDDEN	       	0x2
-
-/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option.  This
-   means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
-   fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option.  */
-#define OPTION_ALIAS		0x4
-
-/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
-   actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
-   should be displayed in much the same manner as the options.  If this flag
-   is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
-   prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
-   be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place.  For
-   purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and puncuation is ignored,
-   except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this entry
-   is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading `-')
-   in the same group.  */
-#define OPTION_DOC		0x8
-
-/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
-   included in help messages).  This is mainly intended for options that are
-   completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
-   the option in the generic usage list would be redundant.  For instance,
-   if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
-   distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
-   OPTION_NO_USAGE.  */
-#define OPTION_NO_USAGE		0x10
-
-struct argp;			/* fwd declare this type */
-struct argp_state;		/* " */
-struct argp_child;		/* " */
-
-/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function.  */
-typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t)(int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state);
-
-/* What to return for unrecognized keys.  For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
-   returns will simply be ignored.  For user keys, this error will be turned
-   into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
-   back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
-   in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases.  */
-#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN	E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG.  XXX */
-
-/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
-   ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
-
-   The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
-   uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
-
-       INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS  -- No non-option arguments at all
-   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS  -- All non-option args parsed
-   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS      -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
-
-   The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
-   argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
-   unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
-   with an error message if not).
-
-   If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
-   function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
-   ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made.  */
-
-/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument.  If a
-   parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
-   ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used.  HOWEVER, if while processing the
-   argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
-   passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
-   actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
-   processed again.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_ARG		0
-/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
-   starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next).  If success is returned, but
-   STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
-   otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
-   consumed.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS		0x1000006
-/* There are no more command line arguments at all.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_END		0x1000001
-/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
-   any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
-   successfully process any non-option arguments.  Called just before
-   ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
-   arguments can take place).  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS	0x1000002
-/* Passed in before any parsing is done.  Afterwards, the values of each
-   element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
-   copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_INIT		0x1000003
-/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_FINI		0x1000007
-/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
-   still arguments remaining).  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS	0x1000004
-/* Passed in if an error occurs.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR		0x1000005
-
-/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
-   deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
-   argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output.  When actually
-   parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
-   structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
-   being resolved in favor of the first occurance in the chain.  */
-struct argp
-{
-  /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
-     NAME and KEY having a value of 0.  */
-  __const struct argp_option *options;
-
-  /* What to do with an option from this structure.  KEY is the key
-     associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
-     none was supplied).  If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
-     returned.  If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
-     parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
-     argp_parse().  For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
-     ARGP_KEY_ definitions below.  */
-  argp_parser_t parser;
-
-  /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program.  It
-     is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message.  If it
-     contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
-     alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
-     the first are prefix by `  or: ' instead of `Usage:').  */
-  __const char *args_doc;
-
-  /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
-     after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
-     `\v' character).  */
-  __const char *doc;
-
-  /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
-     argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one.  Any
-     conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
-     CHILDREN list.  This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
-     their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
-     own.  */
-  __const struct argp_child *children;
-
-  /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
-     messages.  KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
-     that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
-     defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is.  The function
-     should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
-     string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
-     meaning `print nothing'.  The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
-     has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
-     that should be done by the filter function.  INPUT is either the input
-     supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly.  */
-  char *(*help_filter)(int __key, __const char *__text, void *__input);
-
-  /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
-     the domain described by this string.  Otherwise the currently installed
-     default domain is used.  */
-  const char *argp_domain;
-};
-
-/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC	0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC	0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER	0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA	0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
-					     TEXT is NULL for this key.  */
-/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
-   suppressed.  */
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
-#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC	0x2000006 /* Argument doc string.  */
-
-/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
-   argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp.  */
-struct argp_child
-{
-  /* The child parser.  */
-  __const struct argp *argp;
-
-  /* Flags for this child.  */
-  int flags;
-
-  /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
-     child options.  As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
-     options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
-     printing a header string, use a value of "".  */
-  __const char *header;
-
-  /* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
-     options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
-     in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
-     a particular group level.  If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
-     they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
-     (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents).  */
-  int group;
-};
-
-/* Parsing state.  This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
-   which may examine and, as noted, modify fields.  */
-struct argp_state
-{
-  /* The top level ARGP being parsed.  */
-  __const struct argp *root_argp;
-
-  /* The argument vector being parsed.  May be modified.  */
-  int argc;
-  char **argv;
-
-  /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed.  May be modified. */
-  int next;
-
-  /* The flags supplied to argp_parse.  May be modified.  */
-  unsigned flags;
-
-  /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
-     number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
-     such call returns.  At all other times, this is the number of such
-     arguments that have been processed.  */
-  unsigned arg_num;
-
-  /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
-     `--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
-     option).  Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
-  int quoted;
-
-  /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user.  */
-  void *input;
-  /* Values to pass to child parsers.  This vector will be the same length as
-     the number of children for the current parser.  */
-  void **child_inputs;
-
-  /* For the parser's use.  Initialized to 0.  */
-  void *hook;
-
-  /* The name used when printing messages.  This is initialized to ARGV[0],
-     or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable.  */
-  char *name;
-
-  /* Streams used when argp prints something.  */
-  FILE *err_stream;		/* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
-  FILE *out_stream;		/* For information; initialized to stdout. */
-
-  void *pstate;			/* Private, for use by argp.  */
-};
-
-/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
-   convenient for program command line parsing): */
-
-/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV.  Normally (and always unless
-   ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
-   skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
-   in a command line.  */
-#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0  0x01
-
-/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
-   is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
-   name in the error messages.  This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
-   assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour).  */
-#define ARGP_NO_ERRS	0x02
-
-/* Don't parse any non-option args.  Normally non-option args are parsed by
-   calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
-   as the value.  Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
-   handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
-   other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
-   argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0).  If all
-   args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
-   last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END.  This flag needn't normally be set,
-   as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
-   be handled.  */
-#define ARGP_NO_ARGS	0x04
-
-/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
-   line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
-#define ARGP_IN_ORDER	0x08
-
-/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
-      option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
-#define ARGP_NO_HELP	0x10
-
-/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages).  */
-#define ARGP_NO_EXIT	0x20
-
-/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments.  */
-#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY	0x40
-
-/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options.  */
-#define ARGP_SILENT    (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
-
-/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
-   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
-   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
-   unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
-   routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
-   returned.  This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
-   is set.  INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser.  */
-extern error_t argp_parse __P ((__const struct argp *__argp,
-				int __argc, char **__argv, unsigned __flags,
-				int *__arg_index, void *__input));
-extern error_t __argp_parse __P ((__const struct argp *__argp,
-				  int __argc, char **__argv, unsigned __flags,
-				  int *__arg_index, void *__input));
-
-/* Global variables.  */
-
-/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
-   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
-   will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
-   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
-extern __const char *argp_program_version;
-
-/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
-   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
-   calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
-   the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
-   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
-extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) __P ((FILE *__stream,
-					       struct argp_state *__state));
-
-/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
-   the bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by
-   argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
-   standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
-   `Report bugs to ADDR.'.  */
-extern __const char *argp_program_bug_address;
-
-/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
-   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
-   <sysexits.h>.  */
-extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
-
-/* Flags for argp_help.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE		0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
-#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE	0x02 /*  " but don't actually print options. */
-#define ARGP_HELP_SEE		0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
-#define ARGP_HELP_LONG		0x08 /* a long help message. */
-#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC	0x10 /* doc string preceding long help.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC	0x20 /* doc string following long help.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_DOC		(ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
-#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR	0x40 /* bug report address */
-#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY	0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
-					reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode.  */
-
-/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR	0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK	0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning.  */
-
-/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
-   error message has already been printed.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
-  (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
-/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
-   more specific error message has been printed.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
-  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
-/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option.  */
-#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
-  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
-   | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
-
-/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  FLAGS are from the set
-   ARGP_HELP_*.  */
-extern void argp_help __P ((__const struct argp *__argp, FILE *__stream,
-			    unsigned __flags, char *__name));
-extern void __argp_help __P ((__const struct argp *__argp, FILE *__stream,
-			      unsigned __flags, char *__name));
-
-/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
-   parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
-   argument).  They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
-   on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
-   them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
-   them.  [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
-   but they're used often enough that they should be short]  */
-
-/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM.  FLAGS are
-   from the set ARGP_HELP_*.  */
-extern void argp_state_help __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-				  FILE *__stream, unsigned __flags));
-extern void __argp_state_help __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-				    FILE *__stream, unsigned __flags));
-
-/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit.  */
-extern void argp_usage __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state));
-extern void __argp_usage __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state));
-
-/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
-   by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
-   message, then exit (1).  */
-extern void argp_error __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-			     __const char *__fmt, ...))
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
-extern void __argp_error __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-			       __const char *__fmt, ...))
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
-
-/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
-   respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
-   to STATE->err_stream.  This is useful for argument parsing code that is
-   shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
-   option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead).  The
-   difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
-   *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
-   parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input.  */
-extern void argp_failure __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-			       int __status, int __errnum,
-			       __const char *__fmt, ...))
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
-extern void __argp_failure __P ((__const struct argp_state *__state,
-				 int __status, int __errnum,
-				 __const char *__fmt, ...))
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
-
-/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option.  */
-extern int _option_is_short __P ((__const struct argp_option *__opt));
-extern int __option_is_short __P ((__const struct argp_option *__opt));
-
-/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
-   options array.  */
-extern int _option_is_end __P ((__const struct argp_option *__opt));
-extern int __option_is_end __P ((__const struct argp_option *__opt));
-
-/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
-   by the help routines.  */
-extern void *_argp_input __P ((__const struct argp *argp,
-			       __const struct argp_state *state));
-extern void *__argp_input __P ((__const struct argp *argp,
-				__const struct argp_state *state));
-
-#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
-
-# if !_LIBC
-#  define __argp_usage argp_usage
-#  define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
-#  define __option_is_short _option_is_short
-#  define __option_is_end _option_is_end
-# endif
-
-/* FIXME: Assume we are using GCC.  This is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ test.  */
-# ifndef ARGP_EI
-#  define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
-# endif
-
-ARGP_EI void
-__argp_usage (__const struct argp_state *__state)
-{
-  __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
-}
-
-ARGP_EI int
-__option_is_short (__const struct argp_option *__opt)
-{
-  if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
-    return 0;
-  else
-    {
-      int __key = __opt->key;
-      return __key > 0 && isprint (__key);
-    }
-}
-
-ARGP_EI int
-__option_is_end (__const struct argp_option *__opt)
-{
-  return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
-}
-
-# if !_LIBC
-#  undef __argp_usage
-#  undef __argp_state_help
-#  undef __option_is_short
-#  undef __option_is_end
-# endif
-#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
-
-#ifdef  __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* argp.h */
diff --git a/support/argp.texi b/support/argp.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c41f078..00000000
--- a/support/argp.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1157 +0,0 @@
-@ignore
-   Documentation for the argp argument parser
-
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-@end ignore
-
-@node Argp, Suboptions, Getopt, Parsing Program Arguments
-@need 5000
-@section Parsing Program Options with Argp
-@cindex argp (program argument parser)
-@cindex argument parsing with argp
-@cindex option parsing with argp
-
-@dfn{Argp} is an interface for parsing unix-style argument vectors
-(@pxref{Program Arguments}).
-
-Unlike the more common @code{getopt} interface, it provides many related
-convenience features in addition to parsing options, such as
-automatically producing output in response to @samp{--help} and
-@samp{--version} options (as defined by the GNU coding standards).
-Doing these things in argp results in a more consistent look for
-programs that use it, and makes less likely that implementors will
-neglect to implement them or keep them up-to-date.
-
-Argp also provides the ability to merge several independently defined
-option parsers into one, mediating conflicts between them, and making
-the result appear seamless.  A library can export an argp option parser,
-which programs can easily use in conjunction with their own option
-parser.  This results in less work for user programs (indeed, some may
-use only argument parsers exported by libraries, and have no options of
-their own), and more consistent option-parsing for the abstractions
-implemented by the library.
-
-@pindex argp.h
-The header file @file{<argp.h>} should be included to use argp.
-
-@subsection The @code{argp_parse} Function
-
-The main interface to argp is the @code{argp_parse} function; often, a
-call to @code{argp_parse} is the only argument-parsing code needed in
-@code{main} (@pxref{Program Arguments}).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun {error_t} argp_parse (const struct argp *@var{argp}, @w{int @var{argc}, char **@var{argv}}, @w{unsigned @var{flags}}, @w{int *@var{arg_index}}, @w{void *@var{input}})
-The @code{argp_parse} function parses the arguments in in @var{argv}, of
-length @var{argc}, using the argp parser @var{argp} (@pxref{Argp
-Parsers}); a value of zero is the same as a @code{struct argp}
-containing all zeros.  @var{flags} is a set of flag bits that modify the
-parsing behavior (@pxref{Argp Flags}).  @var{input} is passed through to
-the argp parser @var{argp}, and has meaning defined by it; a typical
-usage is to pass a pointer to a structure which can be used for
-specifying parameters to the parser and passing back results from it.
-
-Unless the @code{ARGP_NO_EXIT} or @code{ARGP_NO_HELP} flags are included
-in @var{flags}, calling @code{argp_parse} may result in the program
-exiting---for instance when an unknown option is encountered.
-@xref{Program Termination}.
-
-The return value is zero for successful parsing, or a unix error code
-(@pxref{Error Codes}) if an error was detected.  Different argp parsers
-may return arbitrary error codes, but standard ones are @code{ENOMEM} if
-a memory allocation error occurred, or @code{EINVAL} if an unknown option
-or option argument was encountered.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@menu
-* Globals: Argp Global Variables.  Global argp parameters.
-* Parsers: Argp Parsers.        Defining parsers for use with @code{argp_parse}.
-* Flags: Argp Flags.            Flags that modify the behavior of @code{argp_parse}.
-* Help: Argp Help.              Printing help messages when not parsing.
-* Examples: Argp Examples.      Simple examples of programs using argp.
-* Customization: Argp User Customization.
-                                Users may control the @samp{--help} output format.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Global Variables, Argp Parsers, , Argp
-@subsection Argp Global Variables
-
-These variables make it very easy for every user program to implement
-the @samp{--version} option and provide a bug-reporting address in the
-@samp{--help} output (which is implemented by argp regardless).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypevar {const char *} argp_program_version
-If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a
-@samp{--version} option is added when parsing with @code{argp_parse}
-(unless the @code{ARGP_NO_HELP} flag is used), which will print this
-string followed by a newline and exit (unless the @code{ARGP_NO_EXIT}
-flag is used).
-@end deftypevar
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypevar {const char *} argp_program_bug_address
-If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value,
-@code{argp_program_bug_address} should point to string that is the
-bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed at the end of
-the standard output for the @samp{--help} option, embedded in a sentence
-that says something like @samp{Report bugs to @var{address}.}.
-@end deftypevar
-
-@need 1500
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@defvar argp_program_version_hook
-If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a
-@samp{--version} option is added when parsing with @code{argp_parse}
-(unless the @code{ARGP_NO_HELP} flag is used), which calls this function
-to print the version, and then exits with a status of 0 (unless the
-@code{ARGP_NO_EXIT} flag is used).  It should point to a function with
-the following type signature:
-
-@smallexample
-void @var{print-version} (FILE *@var{stream}, struct argp_state *@var{state})
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Argp Parsing State}, for an explanation of @var{state}.
-
-This variable takes precedent over @code{argp_program_version}, and is
-useful if a program has version information that cannot be easily
-specified as a simple string.
-@end defvar
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypevar error_t argp_err_exit_status
-The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
-If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to
-@code{EX_USAGE} from @file{<sysexits.h>}.
-@end deftypevar
-
-@node Argp Parsers, Argp Flags, Argp Global Variables, Argp
-@subsection Specifying Argp Parsers
-
-The first argument to the @code{argp_parse} function is a pointer to a
-@code{struct argp}, which known as an @dfn{argp parser}:
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct argp}
-This structure specifies how to parse a given set of options and
-arguments, perhaps in conjunction with other argp parsers.  It has the
-following fields:
-
-@table @code
-@item const struct argp_option *options
-A pointer to a vector of @code{argp_option} structures specifying which
-options this argp parser understands; it may be zero if there are no
-options at all.  @xref{Argp Option Vectors}.
-
-@item argp_parser_t parser
-A pointer to a function that defines actions for this parser; it is
-called for each option parsed, and at other well-defined points in the
-parsing process.  A value of zero is the same as a pointer to a
-function that always returns @code{ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN}.
-@xref{Argp Parser Functions}.
-
-@item const char *args_doc
-If non-zero, a string describing what non-option arguments are wanted by
-this parser; it is only used to print the @samp{Usage:} message.  If it
-contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
-alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
-the first are prefix by @samp{ or: } instead of @samp{Usage:}).
-
-@item const char *doc
-If non-zero, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
-after the options in a long help message, with the two sections
-separated by a vertical tab (@code{'\v'}, @code{'\013'}) character.  By
-convention, the documentation before the options is just a short string
-saying what the program does, and that afterwards is longer, describing
-the behavior in more detail.
-
-@item const struct argp_child *children
-A pointer to a vector of @code{argp_children} structures specifying
-additional argp parsers that should be combined with this one.
-@xref{Argp Children}.
-
-@item char *(*help_filter)(int @var{key}, const char *@var{text}, void *@var{input})
-If non-zero, a pointer to a function to filter the output of help
-messages.  @xref{Argp Help Filtering}.
-@end table
-@end deftp
-
-The @code{options}, @code{parser}, @code{args_doc}, and @code{doc}
-fields are usually all that are needed.  If an argp parser is defined as
-an initialized C variable, only the used fields need be specified in in
-the initializer---the rest will default to zero due to the way C
-structure initialization works (this fact is exploited for most argp
-structures, grouping the most-used fields near the beginning, so that
-unused fields can simply be left unspecified).
-
-@menu
-* Options: Argp Option Vectors.   Specifying options in an argp parser.
-* Argp Parser Functions::         Defining actions for an argp parser.
-* Children: Argp Children.        Combining multiple argp parsers.
-* Help Filtering: Argp Help Filtering.  Customizing help output for an argp parser.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Option Vectors, Argp Parser Functions, Argp Parsers, Argp Parsers
-@subsection Specifying Options in an Argp Parser
-
-The @code{options} field in a @code{struct argp} points to a vector of
-@code{struct argp_option} structures, each of which specifies an option
-that argp parser supports (actually, sometimes multiple entries may used
-for a single option if it has many names).  It should be terminated by
-an entry with zero in all fields (note that when using an initialized C
-array for options, writing @code{@{ 0 @}} is enough to achieve this).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct argp_option}
-This structure specifies a single option that an argp parser
-understands, and how to parse and document it.  It has the following fields:
-
-@table @code
-@item const char *name
-The long name for this option, corresponding to the long option
-@samp{--@var{name}}; this field can be zero if this option only has a
-short name.  To specify multiple names for an option, additional entries
-may follow this one, with the @code{OPTION_ALIAS} flag set (@pxref{Argp
-Option Flags}).
-
-@item int key
-The integer key that is provided to the argp parser's parsing function
-when this option is being parsed.  Also, if @var{key} has a value that
-is a printable @sc{ascii} character (i.e., @code{isascii (@var{key})} is
-true), it @emph{also} specifies a short option @samp{-@var{char}}, where
-@var{char} is the @sc{ascii} character with the code @var{key}.
-
-@item const char *arg
-If non-zero, this is the name of an argument associated with this
-option, which must be provided (e.g., with the
-@samp{--@var{name}=@var{value}} or @samp{-@var{char} @var{value}}
-syntaxes) unless the @code{OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL} flag (@pxref{Argp Option
-Flags}) is set, in which case it @emph{may} be provided.
-
-@item int flags
-Flags associated with this option (some of which are referred to above).
-@xref{Argp Option Flags}.
-
-@item const char *doc
-A documentation string for this option, for printing in help messages.
-
-If both the @code{name} and @code{key} fields are zero, this string
-will be printed out-dented from the normal option column, making it
-useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
-group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a
-@samp{:} character.
-
-@item int group
-The group this option is in.
-
-In a long help message, options are sorted alphabetically within each
-group, and the groups presented in the order 0, 1, 2, @dots{}, @var{n},
-@minus{}@var{m}, @dots{}, @minus{}2, @minus{}1.  Every entry in an
-options array with this
-field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or zero if
-it's the first one, unless its a group header (@code{name} and
-@code{key} fields both zero), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is
-the default.  Automagic options such as @samp{--help} are put into group
-@minus{}1.
-
-Note that because of C structure initialization rules, this field
-often need not be specified, because 0 is the right value.
-@end table
-@end deftp
-
-@menu
-* Flags: Argp Option Flags.     Flags for options.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Option Flags, , , Argp Option Vectors
-@subsubsection Flags for Argp Options
-
-The following flags may be or'd together in the @code{flags} field of a
-@code{struct argp_option}, and control various aspects of how that
-option is parsed or displayed in help messages:
-
-@vtable @code
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
-The argument associated with this option is optional.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item OPTION_HIDDEN
-This option isn't displayed in any help messages.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item OPTION_ALIAS
-This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option.  This
-means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
-fields other than @code{name} and @code{key} from the aliased option.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item OPTION_DOC
-This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
-actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation
-that should be displayed in much the same manner as the options (known
-as a @dfn{documentation option}).
-
-If this flag is set, then the option @code{name} field is displayed
-unmodified (e.g., no @samp{--} prefix is added) at the left-margin
-(where a @emph{short} option would normally be displayed), and the
-documentation string in the normal place.  For purposes of sorting, any
-leading whitespace and punctuation is ignored, except that if the first
-non-whitespace character is not @samp{-}, this entry is displayed after
-all options (and @code{OPTION_DOC} entries with a leading @samp{-}) in
-the same group.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item OPTION_NO_USAGE
-This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
-included in help messages).  This is mainly intended for options that
-are completely documented in an argp's @code{args_doc} field
-(@pxref{Argp Parsers}), in which case including the option
-in the generic usage list would be redundant.
-
-For instance, if @code{args_doc} is @code{"FOO BAR\n-x BLAH"}, and the
-@samp{-x} option's purpose is to distinguish these two cases, @samp{-x}
-should probably be marked @code{OPTION_NO_USAGE}.
-@end vtable
-
-@node Argp Parser Functions, Argp Children, Argp Option Vectors, Argp Parsers
-@subsection Argp Parser Functions
-
-The function pointed to by the @code{parser} field in a @code{struct
-argp} (@pxref{Argp Parsers}) defines what actions take place in response
-to each option or argument that is parsed, and is also used as a hook,
-to allow a parser to do something at certain other points during
-parsing.
-
-@need 2000
-Argp parser functions have the following type signature:
-
-@cindex argp parser functions
-@smallexample
-error_t @var{parser} (int @var{key}, char *@var{arg}, struct argp_state *@var{state})
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-where the arguments are as follows:
-
-@table @var
-@item key
-For each option that is parsed, @var{parser} is called with a value of
-@var{key} from that option's @code{key} field in the option vector
-(@pxref{Argp Option Vectors}).  @var{parser} is also called at other
-times with special reserved keys, such as @code{ARGP_KEY_ARG} for
-non-option arguments.  @xref{Argp Special Keys}.
-
-@item arg
-If @var{key} is an option, @var{arg} is the value given for it, or zero
-if no value was specified.  Only options that have a non-zero @code{arg}
-field can ever have a value, and those must @emph{always} have a value,
-unless the @code{OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL} flag was specified (if the input
-being parsed specifies a value for an option that doesn't allow one, an
-error results before @var{parser} ever gets called).
-
-If @var{key} is @code{ARGP_KEY_ARG}, @var{arg} is a non-option argument;
-other special keys always have a zero @var{arg}.
-
-@item state
-@var{state} points to a @code{struct argp_state}, containing useful
-information about the current parsing state for use by @var{parser}.
-@xref{Argp Parsing State}.
-@end table
-
-When @var{parser} is called, it should perform whatever action is
-appropriate for @var{key}, and return either @code{0} for success,
-@code{ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN}, if the value of @var{key} is not handled by
-this parser function, or a unix error code if a real error occurred
-(@pxref{Error Codes}).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypevr Macro int ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
-Argp parser functions should return @code{ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN} for any
-@var{key} value they do not recognize, or for non-option arguments
-(@code{@var{key} == ARGP_KEY_ARG}) that they do not which to handle.
-@end deftypevr
-
-@need 3000
-A typical parser function uses a switch statement on @var{key}:
-
-@smallexample
-error_t
-parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
-@{
-  switch (key)
-    @{
-    case @var{option_key}:
-      @var{action}
-      break;
-    @dots{}
-    default:
-      return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
-    @}
-  return 0;
-@}
-@end smallexample
-
-@menu
-* Keys: Argp Special Keys.           Special values for the @var{key} argument.
-* State: Argp Parsing State.         What the @var{state} argument refers to.
-* Functions: Argp Helper Functions.  Functions to help during argp parsing.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Special Keys, Argp Parsing State, , Argp Parser Functions
-@subsubsection Special Keys for Argp Parser Functions
-
-In addition to key values corresponding to user options, the @var{key}
-argument to argp parser functions may have a number of other special
-values (@var{arg} and @var{state} refer to parser function arguments;
-@pxref{Argp Parser Functions}):
-
-@vtable @code
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_ARG
-This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument, whose
-value is pointed to by @var{arg}.
-
-When there are multiple parser functions (due to argp parsers being
-combined), it's impossible to know which one wants to handle an
-argument, so each is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
-other than @code{ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN}; if an argument is handled by no one,
-@code{argp_parse} immediately returns success, without parsing any more
-arguments.
-
-Once a parser function returns success for this key, that fact is
-recorded, and the @code{ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS} case won't be used.
-@emph{However}, if while processing the argument, a parser function
-decrements the @code{next} field of its @var{state} argument, the option
-won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to actually modify
-the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it processed again.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_ARGS
-If a parser function returns @code{ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN} for
-@code{ARGP_KEY_ARG}, it is immediately called again with the key
-@code{ARGP_KEY_ARGS}, which has a similar meaning, but is slightly more
-convenient for consuming all remaining arguments.  @var{arg} is 0, and
-the tail of the argument vector may be found at @code{@var{state}->argv
-+ @var{state}->next}.  If success is returned for this key, and
-@code{@var{state}->next} is unchanged, then all remaining arguments are
-considered to have been consumed, otherwise, the amount by which
-@code{@var{state}->next} has been adjust indicates how many were used.
-For instance, here's an example that uses both, for different args:
-
-@smallexample
-...
-case ARGP_KEY_ARG:
-  if (@var{state}->arg_num == 0)
-    /* First argument */
-    first_arg = @var{arg};
-  else
-    return ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN;    /* Let the next case parse it.  */
-  break;
-case ARGP_KEY_ARGS:
-  remaining_args = @var{state}->argv + @var{state}->next;
-  num_remaining_args = @var{state}->argc - @var{state}->next;
-  break;
-@end smallexample
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_END
-There are no more command line arguments at all.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS
-Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there
-aren't any non-option args, parser functions are called with this key if
-they didn't successfully process any non-option arguments.  Called just
-before @code{ARGP_KEY_END} (where more general validity checks on
-previously parsed arguments can take place).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_INIT
-Passed in before any parsing is done.  Afterwards, the values of each
-element of the @code{child_input} field of @var{state}, if any, are
-copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the @code{input}
-when @emph{their} parsers are called.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS
-Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
-still arguments remaining).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_ERROR
-Passed in if an error has occurred, and parsing terminated (in which case
-a call with a key of @code{ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS} is never made).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_FINI
-The final key ever seen by any parser (even after
-@code{ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS} and @code{ARGP_KEY_ERROR}).  Any resources
-allocated by @code{ARGP_KEY_INIT} may be freed here (although sometimes
-certain resources allocated there are to be returned to the caller after
-a successful parse; in that case, those particular resources can be
-freed in the @code{ARGP_KEY_ERROR} case).
-@end vtable
-
-In all cases, @code{ARGP_KEY_INIT} is the first key seen by parser
-functions, and @code{ARGP_KEY_FINI} the last (unless an error was
-returned by the parser for @code{ARGP_KEY_INIT}).  Other keys can occur
-in one the following orders (@var{opt} refers to an arbitrary option
-key):
-
-@table @asis
-@item @var{opt}@dots{} @code{ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS} @code{ARGP_KEY_END} @code{ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS}
-The arguments being parsed contained no non-option arguments at all.
-
-@item ( @var{opt} | @code{ARGP_KEY_ARG} )@dots{} @code{ARGP_KEY_END} @code{ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS}
-All non-option arguments were successfully handled by a parser function
-(there may be multiple parser functions if multiple argp parsers were
-combined).
-
-@item ( @var{opt} | @code{ARGP_KEY_ARG} )@dots{} @code{ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS}
-Some non-option argument was unrecognized.
-
-This occurs when every parser function returns @code{ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN}
-for an argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument.  If a
-non-zero value for @var{arg_index} was passed to @code{argp_parse}, the
-index of this argument is returned in it, otherwise an error occurs.
-@end table
-
-If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because a parser
-function returned an error value), then each parser is called with
-@code{ARGP_KEY_ERROR}, and no further calls are made except the final
-call with @code{ARGP_KEY_FINI}.
-
-@node Argp Helper Functions, , Argp Parsing State, Argp Parser Functions
-@subsubsection Functions For Use in Argp Parsers
-
-Argp provides a number of functions for the user of argp parser
-functions (@pxref{Argp Parser Functions}), mostly for producing error
-messages.  These take as their first argument the @var{state} argument
-to the parser function (@pxref{Argp Parsing State}).
-
-@cindex usage messages, in argp
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *@var{state})
-Output the standard usage message for the argp parser referred to by
-@var{state} to @code{@var{state}->err_stream} and terminate the program
-with @code{exit (argp_err_exit_status)} (@pxref{Argp Global Variables}).
-@end deftypefun
-
-@cindex syntax error messages, in argp
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void argp_error (const struct argp_state *@var{state}, @w{const char *@var{fmt}, @dots{}})
-Print the printf format string @var{fmt} and following args, preceded by
-the program name and @samp{:}, and followed by a @w{@samp{Try @dots{}
---help}} message, and terminate the program with an exit status of
-@code{argp_err_exit_status} (@pxref{Argp Global Variables}).
-@end deftypefun
-
-@cindex error messages, in argp
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *@var{state}, @w{int @var{status}, int @var{errnum},} @w{const char *@var{fmt}, @dots{}})
-Similarly to the standard gnu error-reporting function @code{error},
-print the printf format string @var{fmt} and following args, preceded by
-the program name and @samp{:}, and followed by the standard unix error
-text for @var{errnum} if it is non-zero; then if @var{status} is
-non-zero, terminate the program with that as its exit status.
-
-The difference between this function and @code{argp_error} is that
-@code{argp_error} is for @emph{parsing errors}, whereas
-@code{argp_failure} is for other problems that occur during parsing but
-don't reflect a syntactic problem with the input---such as illegal
-values for options, bad phase of the moon, etc.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *@var{state}, @w{FILE *@var{stream}}, @w{unsigned @var{flags}})
-Output a help message for the argp parser referred to by @var{state} to
-@var{stream}.  The @var{flags} argument determines what sort of help
-message is produced.  @xref{Argp Help Flags}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-Error output is sent to @code{@var{state}->err_stream}, and the program
-name printed is @code{@var{state}->name}.
-
-The output or program termination behavior of these functions may be
-suppressed if the @code{ARGP_NO_EXIT} or @code{ARGP_NO_ERRS} flags,
-respectively, were passed to @code{argp_parse}.  @xref{Argp Flags}.
-
-This behavior is useful if an argp parser is exported for use by other
-programs (e.g., by a library), and may be used in a context where it is
-not desirable to terminate the program in response to parsing errors.
-In argp parsers intended for such general use, calls to any of these
-functions should be followed by code return of an appropriate error code
-for the case where the program @emph{doesn't} terminate; for example:
-
-@smallexample
-if (@var{bad argument syntax})
-  @{
-     argp_usage (@var{state});
-     return EINVAL;
-  @}
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-If it's known that a parser function will only be used when
-@code{ARGP_NO_EXIT} is not set, the return may be omitted.
-
-@node Argp Parsing State, Argp Helper Functions, Argp Special Keys, Argp Parser Functions
-@subsubsection Argp Parsing State
-
-The third argument to argp parser functions (@pxref{Argp Parser
-Functions}) is a pointer to a @code{struct argp_state}, which contains
-information about the state of the option parsing.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct argp_state}
-This structure has the following fields, which may be modified as noted:
-
-@table @code
-@item const struct argp *const root_argp
-The top level argp parser being parsed.  Note that this is often
-@emph{not} the same @code{struct argp} passed into @code{argp_parse} by
-the invoking program (@pxref{Argp}), but instead an internal argp parser
-that contains options implemented by @code{argp_parse} itself (such as
-@samp{--help}).
-
-@item int argc
-@itemx char **argv
-The argument vector being parsed.  May be modified.
-
-@item int next
-The index in @code{argv} of the next argument to be parsed.  May be modified.
-
-One way to consume all remaining arguments in the input is to set
-@code{@var{state}->next = @var{state}->argc} (perhaps after recording
-the value of the @code{next} field to find the consumed arguments).
-Also, you can cause the current option to be re-parsed by decrementing
-this field, and then modifying
-@code{@var{state}->argv[@var{state}->next]} to be the option that should
-be reexamined.
-
-@item unsigned flags
-The flags supplied to @code{argp_parse}.  May be modified, although some
-flags may only take effect when @code{argp_parse} is first invoked.
-@xref{Argp Flags}.
-
-@item unsigned arg_num
-While calling a parsing function with the @var{key} argument
-@code{ARGP_KEY_ARG}, this is the number of the current arg, starting at
-0, and incremented after each such call returns.  At all other times,
-this is the number of such arguments that have been processed.
-
-@item int quoted
-If non-zero, the index in @code{argv} of the first argument following a
-special @samp{--} argument (which prevents anything following being
-interpreted as an option).  Only set once argument parsing has proceeded
-past this point.
-
-@item void *input
-An arbitrary pointer passed in from the caller of @code{argp_parse}, in
-the @var{input} argument.
-
-@item void **child_inputs
-Values to pass to child parsers.  This vector will be the same length as
-the number of children in the current parser, and each child parser will
-be given the value of @code{@var{state}->child_inputs[@var{i}]} as
-@emph{its} @code{@var{state}->input} field, where @var{i} is the index
-of the child in the this parser's @code{children} field.  @xref{Argp
-Children}.
-
-@item void *hook
-For the parser function's use.  Initialized to 0, but otherwise ignored
-by argp.
-
-@item char *name
-The name used when printing messages.  This is initialized to
-@code{argv[0]}, or @code{program_invocation_name} if that is
-unavailable.
-
-@item FILE *err_stream
-@itemx FILE *out_stream
-Stdio streams used when argp prints something; error messages are
-printed to @code{err_stream}, and all other output (such as
-@samp{--help} output) to @code{out_stream}.  These are initialized to
-@code{stderr} and @code{stdout} respectively (@pxref{Standard Streams}).
-
-@item void *pstate
-Private, for use by the argp implementation.
-@end table
-@end deftp
-
-@node Argp Children, Argp Help Filtering, Argp Parser Functions, Argp Parsers
-@subsection Combining Multiple Argp Parsers
-
-The @code{children} field in a @code{struct argp} allows other argp
-parsers to be combined with the referencing one to parse a single set of
-arguments.  It should point to a vector of @code{struct argp_child},
-terminated by an entry having a value of zero in the @code{argp} field.
-
-Where conflicts between combined parsers arise (for instance, if two
-specify an option with the same name), they are resolved in favor of
-the parent argp parsers, or earlier argp parsers in the list of children.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftp {Data Type} {struct argp_child}
-An entry in the list of subsidiary argp parsers pointed to by the
-@code{children} field in a @code{struct argp}.  The fields are as follows:
-
-@table @code
-@item const struct argp *argp
-The child argp parser, or zero to end the list.
-
-@item int flags
-Flags for this child.
-
-@item const char *header
-If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
-child options.  As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
-options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
-printing a header string, use a value of @code{""}.  As with header
-strings specified in an option entry, the value conventionally has
-@samp{:} as the last character.  @xref{Argp Option Vectors}.
-
-@item int group
-Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
-options in the parent argp parser.  The values are the same as the
-@code{group} field in @code{struct argp_option} (@pxref{Argp Option
-Vectors}), but all child-groupings follow parent options at a particular
-group level.  If both this field and @code{header} are zero, then the
-child's options aren't grouped together at all, but rather merged with
-the parent options (merging the child's grouping levels with the
-parents).
-@end table
-@end deftp
-
-@node Argp Flags, Argp Help, Argp Parsers, Argp
-@subsection Flags for @code{argp_parse}
-
-The default behavior of @code{argp_parse} is designed to be convenient
-for the most common case of parsing program command line argument.  To
-modify these defaults, the following flags may be or'd together in the
-@var{flags} argument to @code{argp_parse}:
-
-@vtable @code
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0
-Don't ignore the first element of the @var{argv} argument to
-@code{argp_parse}.  Normally (and always unless @code{ARGP_NO_ERRS} is
-set) the first element of the argument vector is skipped for option
-parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name in a command
-line.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_NO_ERRS
-Don't print error messages for unknown options to @code{stderr}; unless
-this flag is set, @code{ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0} is ignored, as @code{argv[0]}
-is used as the program name in the error messages.  This flag implies
-@code{ARGP_NO_EXIT} (on the assumption that silent exiting upon errors
-is bad behaviour).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_NO_ARGS
-Don't parse any non-option args.  Normally non-option args are parsed by
-calling the parse functions with a key of @code{ARGP_KEY_ARG}, and the
-actual arg as the value.  This flag needn't normally be set, as the
-normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument isn't
-accepted by a parsing function.  @xref{Argp Parser Functions}.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_IN_ORDER
-Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
-line---normally they're rearranged so that all options come first
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_NO_HELP
-Don't provide the standard long option @samp{--help}, which ordinarily
-causes usage and option help information to be output to @code{stdout},
-and @code{exit (0)} called.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_NO_EXIT
-Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages).
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_LONG_ONLY
-Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments.  This
-allows long-options to be recognized with only a single @samp{-} (for
-instances, @samp{-help}), but results in a generally somewhat less
-useful interface, that conflicts with the way most GNU programs work.
-For this reason, its use is discouraged.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_SILENT
-Turns off any message-printing/exiting options, specifically
-@code{ARGP_NO_EXIT}, @code{ARGP_NO_ERRS}, and @code{ARGP_NO_HELP}.
-@end vtable
-
-@node Argp Help Filtering, , Argp Children, Argp Parsers
-@need 2000
-@subsection Customizing Argp Help Output
-
-The @code{help_filter} field in a a @code{struct argp} is a pointer to a
-function to filter the text of help messages before displaying them.
-They have a function signature like:
-
-@smallexample
-char *@var{help-filter} (int @var{key}, const char *@var{text}, void *@var{input})
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-where @var{key} is either a key from an option, in which case @var{text}
-is that option's help text (@pxref{Argp Option Vectors}), or one of the
-special keys with names beginning with @samp{ARGP_KEY_HELP_}, describing
-which other help text @var{text} is (@pxref{Argp Help Filter Keys}).
-
-The function should return either @var{text}, if it should be used
-as-is, a replacement string, which should be allocated using
-@code{malloc}, and will be freed by argp, or zero, meaning `print
-nothing'.  The value of @var{text} supplied is @emph{after} any
-translation has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs
-translation, that should be done by the filter function.  @var{input} is
-either the input supplied to @code{argp_parse}, or zero, if
-@code{argp_help} was called directly by the user.
-
-@menu
-* Keys: Argp Help Filter Keys.  Special @var{key} values for help filter functions.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Help Filter Keys, , , Argp Help Filtering
-@subsubsection Special Keys for Argp Help Filter Functions
-
-The following special values may be passed to an argp help filter
-function as the first argument, in addition to key values for user
-options, and specify which help text the @var{text} argument contains:
-
-@vtable @code
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC
-Help text preceding options.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC
-Help text following options.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER
-Option header string.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA
-After all other documentation; @var{text} is zero for this key.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE
-The explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
-suppressed.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@item ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC
-The argument doc string (the @code{args_doc} field from the argp parser;
-@pxref{Argp Parsers}).
-@end vtable
-
-@node Argp Help, Argp Examples, Argp Flags, Argp
-@subsection The @code{argp_help} Function
-
-Normally programs using argp need not worry too much about printing
-argument-usage-type help messages, because the standard @samp{--help}
-option is handled automatically by argp, and the typical error cases can
-be handled using @code{argp_usage} and @code{argp_error} (@pxref{Argp
-Helper Functions}).
-
-However, if it's desirable to print a standard help message in some
-context other than parsing the program options, argp offers the
-@code{argp_help} interface.
-
-@comment argp.h
-@comment GNU
-@deftypefun void argp_help (const struct argp *@var{argp}, @w{FILE *@var{stream}}, @w{unsigned @var{flags}}, @w{char *@var{name}})
-Output a help message for the argp parser @var{argp} to @var{stream}.
-What sort of messages is printed is determined by @var{flags}.
-
-Any options such as @samp{--help} that are implemented automatically by
-argp itself will @emph{not} be present in the help output; for this
-reason, it is better to use @code{argp_state_help} if calling from
-within an argp parser function.  @xref{Argp Helper Functions}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@menu
-* Flags: Argp Help Flags.       Specifying what sort of help message to print.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Help Flags, , , Argp Help
-@subsection Flags for the @code{argp_help} Function
-
-When calling @code{argp_help} (@pxref{Argp Help}), or
-@code{argp_state_help} (@pxref{Argp Helper Functions}), exactly what is
-output is determined by the @var{flags} argument, which should consist
-of any of the following flags, or'd together:
-
-@vtable @code
-@item ARGP_HELP_USAGE
-A unix @samp{Usage:} message that explicitly lists all options.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE
-A unix @samp{Usage:} message that displays only an appropriate
-placeholder to indicate where the options go; useful for showing
-the non-option argument syntax.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_SEE
-A @samp{Try @dots{} for more help} message; @samp{@dots{}} contains the
-program name and @samp{--help}.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_LONG
-A verbose option help message that gives each option understood along
-with its documentation string.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC
-The part of the argp parser doc string that precedes the verbose option help.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC
-The part of the argp parser doc string that follows the verbose option help.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_DOC
-@code{(ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)}
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR
-A message saying where to report bugs for this program, if the
-@code{argp_program_bug_address} variable contains one.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY
-Modify any output appropriately to reflect @code{ARGP_LONG_ONLY} mode.
-@end vtable
-
-The following flags are only understood when used with
-@code{argp_state_help}, and control whether the function returns after
-printing its output, or terminates the program:
-
-@vtable @code
-@item ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR
-Terminate the program with @code{exit (argp_err_exit_status)}.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK
-Terminate the program with @code{exit (0)}.
-@end vtable
-
-The following flags are combinations of the basic ones for printing
-standard messages:
-
-@vtable @code
-@item ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR
-Assuming an error message for a parsing error has already printed,
-prints a note on how to get help, and terminates the program with an
-error.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE
-Prints a standard usage message and terminates the program with an
-error.  This is used when no more specific error message is appropriate.
-
-@item ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP
-Prints the standard response for a @samp{--help} option, and terminates
-the program successfully.
-@end vtable
-
-@node Argp Examples, Argp User Customization, Argp Help, Argp
-@subsection Argp Examples
-
-These example programs demonstrate the basic usage of argp.
-
-@menu
-* 1: Argp Example 1.            A minimal program using argp.
-* 2: Argp Example 2.            A program using only default options.
-* 3: Argp Example 3.            A simple program with user options.
-* 4: Argp Example 4.            Combining multiple argp parsers.
-@end menu
-
-@node Argp Example 1, Argp Example 2, , Argp Examples
-@subsubsection A Minimal Program Using Argp
-
-This is (probably) the smallest possible program that uses argp.
-It won't do much except give an error messages and exit when there are any
-arguments, and print a (rather pointless) message for @samp{--help}.
-
-@smallexample
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Argp Example 2, Argp Example 3, Argp Example 1, Argp Examples
-@subsubsection A Program Using Argp with Only Default Options
-
-This program doesn't use any options or arguments, but uses argp to be
-compliant with the GNU standard command line format.
-
-In addition to making sure no arguments are given, and implementing a
-@samp{--help} option, this example will have a @samp{--version} option,
-and will put the given documentation string and bug address in the
-@samp{--help} output, as per GNU standards.
-
-The variable @code{argp} contains the argument parser specification;
-adding fields to this structure is the way most parameters are passed to
-@code{argp_parse} (the first three fields are usually used, but not in
-this small program).  There are also two global variables that argp
-knows about defined here, @code{argp_program_version} and
-@code{argp_program_bug_address} (they are global variables because they
-will almost always be constant for a given program, even if it uses
-different argument parsers for various tasks).
-
-@smallexample
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Argp Example 3, Argp Example 4, Argp Example 2, Argp Examples
-@subsubsection A Program Using Argp with User Options
-
-This program uses the same features as example 2, and adds user options
-and arguments.
-
-We now use the first four fields in @code{argp} (@pxref{Argp Parsers}),
-and specifies @code{parse_opt} as the parser function (@pxref{Argp
-Parser Functions}).
-
-Note that in this example, @code{main} uses a structure to communicate
-with the @code{parse_opt} function, a pointer to which it passes in the
-@code{input} argument to @code{argp_parse} (@pxref{Argp}), and is
-retrieved by @code{parse_opt} through the @code{input} field in its
-@code{state} argument (@pxref{Argp Parsing State}).  Of course, it's
-also possible to use global variables instead, but using a structure
-like this is somewhat more flexible and clean.
-
-@smallexample
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Argp Example 4, , Argp Example 3, Argp Examples
-@subsubsection A Program Using Multiple Combined Argp Parsers
-
-This program uses the same features as example 3, but has more options,
-and somewhat more structure in the @samp{--help} output.  It also shows
-how you can `steal' the remainder of the input arguments past a certain
-point, for programs that accept a list of items, and the special
-@var{key} value @code{ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS}, which is only given if no
-non-option arguments were supplied to the program (@pxref{Argp Special
-Keys}).
-
-For structuring the help output, two features are used: @emph{headers},
-which are entries in the options vector (@pxref{Argp Option Vectors})
-with the first four fields being zero, and a two part documentation
-string (in the variable @code{doc}), which allows documentation both
-before and after the options (@pxref{Argp Parsers}); the
-two parts of @code{doc} are separated by a vertical-tab character
-(@code{'\v'}, or @code{'\013'}).  By convention, the documentation
-before the options is just a short string saying what the program does,
-and that afterwards is longer, describing the behavior in more detail.
-All documentation strings are automatically filled for output, although
-newlines may be included to force a line break at a particular point.
-All documentation strings are also passed to the @code{gettext}
-function, for possible translation into the current locale.
-
-@smallexample
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Argp User Customization, , Argp Examples, Argp
-@subsection Argp User Customization
-
-@cindex ARGP_HELP_FMT environment variable
-The way formatting of argp @samp{--help} output may be controlled to
-some extent by a program's users, by setting the @code{ARGP_HELP_FMT}
-environment variable to a comma-separated list (whitespace is ignored)
-of the following tokens:
-
-@table @samp
-@item dup-args
-@itemx no-dup-args
-Turn @dfn{duplicate-argument-mode} on or off.  In duplicate argument
-mode, if an option which accepts an argument has multiple names, the
-argument is shown for each name; otherwise, it is only shown for the
-first long option, and a note is emitted later so the user knows that it
-applies to the other names as well.  The default is @samp{no-dup-args},
-which is less consistent, but prettier.
-
-@item dup-args-note
-@item no-dup-args-note
-Enable or disable the note informing the user of suppressed option
-argument duplication.  The default is @samp{dup-args-note}.
-
-@item short-opt-col=@var{n}
-Show the first short option in column @var{n} (default 2).
-
-@item long-opt-col=@var{n}
-Show the first long option in column @var{n} (default 6).
-
-@item doc-opt-col=@var{n}
-Show `documentation options' (@pxref{Argp Option Flags}) in column
-@var{n} (default 2).
-
-@item opt-doc-col=@var{n}
-Show the documentation for options starting in column @var{n} (default 29).
-
-@item header-col=@var{n}
-Indent group headers (which document groups of options) to column
-@var{n} (default 1).
-
-@item usage-indent=@var{n}
-Indent continuation lines in @samp{Usage:} messages to column @var{n}
-(default 12).
-
-@item rmargin=@var{n}
-Word wrap help output at or before column @var{n} (default 79).
-@end table
diff --git a/support/canonicalize.c b/support/canonicalize.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 80cd7cff..00000000
--- a/support/canonicalize.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include <argp-namefrob.h>
-
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name
-   does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path
-   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All path components must exist.  If
-   RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
-   canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno'
-   set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
-   returns the name in RESOLVED.  If the name cannot be resolved and
-   RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component
-   that cannot be resolved.  If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED
-   holds the same value as the value returned.  */
-
-static char *
-canonicalize (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
-  char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL;
-  const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit;
-  long int path_max;
-  int num_links = 0;
-
-#ifdef PATH_MAX
-  path_max = PATH_MAX;
-#else
-  path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX);
-  if (path_max <= 0)
-    path_max = 1024;
-#endif
-
-  rpath = resolved ? __alloca (path_max) : malloc (path_max);
-  rpath_limit = rpath + path_max;
-
-  if (name[0] != '/')
-    {
-      if (!getcwd (rpath, path_max))
-	goto error;
-      dest = strchr (rpath, '\0');
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      rpath[0] = '/';
-      dest = rpath + 1;
-    }
-
-  for (start = end = name; *start; start = end)
-    {
-      struct stat st;
-      int n;
-
-      /* skip sequence of multiple path-separators: */
-      while (*start == '/') ++start;
-
-      /* find end of path component: */
-      for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end);
-
-      if (end - start == 0)
-	break;
-      else if (strncmp (start, ".", end - start) == 0)
-	/* nothing */;
-      else if (strncmp (start, "..", end - start) == 0) {
-	/* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
-	if (dest > rpath + 1)
-	  while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
-      } else
-	{
-	  size_t new_size;
-
-	  if (dest[-1] != '/')
-	    *dest++ = '/';
-
-	  if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit)
-	    {
-	      if (resolved)
-		{
-		  __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-	      new_size = rpath_limit - rpath;
-	      if (end - start + 1 > path_max)
-		new_size += end - start + 1;
-	      else
-		new_size += path_max;
-	      rpath = realloc (rpath, new_size);
-	      rpath_limit = rpath + new_size;
-	      if (!rpath)
-		return NULL;
-	    }
-
-	  memcpy (dest, start, end - start);
-	  dest += end - start;
-	  *dest = '\0';
-
-	  if (__lstat (rpath, &st) < 0)
-	    goto error;
-
-	  if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
-	    {
-	      char *buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
-	      if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS)
-		{
-		  __set_errno (ELOOP);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-
-	      n = readlink (rpath, buf, path_max);
-	      if (n < 0)
-		goto error;
-	      buf[n] = '\0';
-
-	      if (!extra_buf)
-		extra_buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
-	      if ((long int) (n + strlen (end)) >= path_max)
-		{
-		  __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
-		  goto error;
-		}
-
-	      /* careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
-	      strcat (buf, end);
-	      strcpy (extra_buf, buf);
-	      name = end = extra_buf;
-
-	      if (buf[0] == '/')
-		dest = rpath + 1;	/* it's an absolute symlink */
-	      else
-		/* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
-		if (dest > rpath + 1)
-		  while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
-	    }
-	  else
-	    num_links = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/')
-    --dest;
-  *dest = '\0';
-
-  return resolved ? strcpy (resolved, rpath) : rpath;
-
-error:
-  if (resolved)
-    strcpy (resolved, rpath);
-  else
-    free (rpath);
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
-  if (resolved == NULL)
-    {
-      __set_errno (EINVAL);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-	
-  return canonicalize (name, resolved);
-}
-
-#if 0
-char *
-canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
-{
-  return canonicalize (name, NULL);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c b/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b50df741..00000000
--- a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* (v)snprintf in terms of __(v)snprintf
- *
- * Useful with Solaris 2.5 libc, which appears to have the `__*' versions
- * of (v)snprintf.
- *
- * This file is in the public domain
- * (in case it matters)
- */
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-extern int __vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
-
-int
-vsnprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args)
-{
-  return __vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
-}
-
-int
-snprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, ...)
-{
-  va_list args;
-  int retval;
-  va_start(args, format);
-  retval = vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
-  va_end(args);
-  return retval;
-}
diff --git a/support/error.c b/support/error.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b0264bc6..00000000
--- a/support/error.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <gnomesupport-fake.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-#  include <varargs.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
-			      void
-#endif
-			      );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#if HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME || _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-
-#else
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
-   name of the executing program.  */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
-   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# define strerror_r __strerror_r
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if ! HAVE_STRERROR_R
-#  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#   endif
-#  else
-static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
-     int errnum;
-{
-  extern char *sys_errlist[];
-  extern int sys_nerr;
-
-  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
-  return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-#   define strerror private_strerror
-#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* ! HAVE_STRERROR_R */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
-   format string with optional args.
-   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
-   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
-/* VARARGS */
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     const char *file_name;
-     unsigned int line_number;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_one_per_line)
-    {
-      static const char *old_file_name;
-      static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
-      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
-	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
-
-      old_file_name = file_name;
-      old_line_number = line_number;
-    }
-
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
-    }
-
-  if (file_name != NULL)
-    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias.  */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/error.h b/support/error.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3bcb7a..00000000
--- a/support/error.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ERROR_H
-#define _ERROR_H 1
-
-#ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-# endif
-/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
-   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __format__ format
-#  define __printf__ printf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-
-/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
-   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
-   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
-
-extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-
-extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
-			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
-
-#else
-void error ();
-void error_at_line ();
-extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-#endif
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-extern unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-extern int error_one_per_line;
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/support/findme.c b/support/findme.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e43d86d..00000000
--- a/support/findme.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-# include <alloca.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "findme.h"
-
-char * findProgramPath(char * argv0) {
-    char * path = getenv("PATH");
-    char * pathbuf;
-    char * start, * chptr;
-    char * buf;
-
-    /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute
-       path */
-    if (strchr(argv0, '/'))
-	return strdup(argv0);
-
-    if (!path) return NULL;
-
-    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
-    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
-    strcpy(pathbuf, path);
-
-    chptr = NULL;
-    do {
-	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
-	    *chptr = '\0';
-	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
-
-	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
-	    return buf;
-
-	if (chptr) 
-	    start = chptr + 1;
-	else
-	    start = NULL;
-    } while (start && *start);
-
-    free(buf);
-
-    return NULL;
-}
diff --git a/support/findme.h b/support/findme.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b4f790a9..00000000
--- a/support/findme.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef H_FINDME
-#define H_FINDME
-
-char * findProgramPath(char * argv0);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/getopt.c b/support/getopt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 31999258..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@
-/* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
-   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
-
-#ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
-   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
-   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
-   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
-   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
-   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
-   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
-   Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
-   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
-   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 1;
-
-/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
-   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
-   know that. */
-
-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
-   in which the last option character we returned was found.
-   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
-   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
-   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
-   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
-   system's own getopt implementation.  */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
-   If the caller did not specify anything,
-   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
-   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
-   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
-   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
-   This is what Unix does.
-   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
-   of the list of option characters.
-
-   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
-   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
-   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
-   expect this.
-
-   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
-   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
-   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
-   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
-   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
-   selects this mode of operation.
-
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
-
-static enum
-{
-  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
-     const char *str;
-     int chr;
-{
-  while (*str)
-    {
-      if (*str == chr)
-	return (char *) str;
-      str++;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
-   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
-   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
-
-/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
-extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
-
-static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
-static int nonoption_flags_len;
-
-static int original_argc;
-static char *const *original_argv;
-
-/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
-   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
-   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
-static void
-__attribute__ ((unused))
-store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
-  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
-     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
-  original_argc = argc;
-  original_argv = argv;
-}
-# ifdef text_set_element
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
-# endif /* text_set_element */
-
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
-  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
-    {									      \
-      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
-      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
-      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
-    }
-#else	/* !_LIBC */
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
-#endif	/* _LIBC */
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
-   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
-   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
-   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
-   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
-   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static void exchange (char **);
-#endif
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int bottom = first_nonopt;
-  int middle = last_nonopt;
-  int top = optind;
-  char *tem;
-
-  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
-     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
-     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
-     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
-     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
-     of the string.  */
-  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
-    {
-      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
-	 presents new arguments.  */
-      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
-      if (new_str == NULL)
-	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
-      else
-	{
-	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
-			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
-		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
-	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-
-  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
-    {
-      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
-	{
-	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = middle - bottom;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
-	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
-	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
-	  top -= len;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
-	  int len = top - middle;
-	  register int i;
-
-	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-	    {
-	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
-	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
-	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
-	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
-	    }
-	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
-	  bottom += len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
-
-  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
-  last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
-#endif
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
-     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
-     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
-
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
-
-  nextchar = NULL;
-
-  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
-  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
-
-  if (optstring[0] == '-')
-    {
-      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
-    {
-      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-      ++optstring;
-    }
-  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
-    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-  else
-    ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  if (posixly_correct == NULL
-      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
-    {
-      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
-	{
-	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
-	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
-	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
-	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
-	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
-		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
-	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
-		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
-		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
-	      else
-		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
-			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-	    }
-	}
-      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
-    }
-  else
-    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-#endif
-
-  return optstring;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
-   given in OPTSTRING.
-
-   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
-   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
-   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-   from each of the option elements.
-
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
-   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
-   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
-   so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
-   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
-   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
-   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
-   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
-   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
-   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
-   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
-   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
-   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
-   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
-
-   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
-   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
-   with other systems.
-
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
-   element containing a name which is zero.
-
-   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
-   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
-   recent call.
-
-   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
-   long-named options.  */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-     const struct option *longopts;
-     int *longind;
-     int long_only;
-{
-  optarg = NULL;
-
-  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
-    {
-      if (optind == 0)
-	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
-      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
-      __getopt_initialized = 1;
-    }
-
-  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
-     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
-     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
-     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
-#else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif
-
-  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
-    {
-      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
-	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
-      if (last_nonopt > optind)
-	last_nonopt = optind;
-      if (first_nonopt > optind)
-	first_nonopt = optind;
-
-      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
-	{
-	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
-	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-
-	  /* Skip any additional non-options
-	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
-
-	  while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
-	    optind++;
-	  last_nonopt = optind;
-	}
-
-      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
-	 Skip it like a null option,
-	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
-	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
-
-      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
-	{
-	  optind++;
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-	  last_nonopt = argc;
-
-	  optind = argc;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
-	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
-
-      if (optind == argc)
-	{
-	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
-	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
-	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return -1;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
-	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
-
-      if (NONOPTION_P)
-	{
-	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return -1;
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  return 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
-	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
-
-      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
-		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
-    }
-
-  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
-
-  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
-     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
-     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
-     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
-     way to give the -f short option.
-
-     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
-     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
-     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
-     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
-
-  if (longopts != NULL
-      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
-    {
-      char *nameend;
-      const struct option *p;
-      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-      int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
-      int indfound = -1;
-      int option_index;
-
-      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      /* Test all long options for either exact match
-	 or abbreviated matches.  */
-      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	  {
-	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
-		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
-	      {
-		/* Exact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-		exact = 1;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound == NULL)
-	      {
-		/* First nonexact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-	      ambig = 1;
-	  }
-
-      if (ambig && !exact)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  optind++;
-	  optopt = 0;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-
-      if (pfound != NULL)
-	{
-	  option_index = indfound;
-	  optind++;
-	  if (*nameend)
-	    {
-	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
-	      if (pfound->has_arg)
-		optarg = nameend + 1;
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-
-		  optopt = pfound->val;
-		  return '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	    {
-	      if (optind < argc)
-		optarg = argv[optind++];
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  optopt = pfound->val;
-		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  if (longind != NULL)
-	    *longind = option_index;
-	  if (pfound->flag)
-	    {
-	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-	  return pfound->val;
-	}
-
-      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
-	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
-	 option, then it's an error.
-	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
-      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    {
-	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
-		/* --option */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], nextchar);
-	      else
-		/* +option or -option */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
-			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
-	    }
-	  nextchar = (char *) "";
-	  optind++;
-	  optopt = 0;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
-
-  {
-    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
-    if (*nextchar == '\0')
-      ++optind;
-
-    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
-      {
-	if (opterr)
-	  {
-	    if (posixly_correct)
-	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
-		       argv[0], c);
-	  }
-	optopt = c;
-	return '?';
-      }
-    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
-    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
-      {
-	char *nameend;
-	const struct option *p;
-	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-	int exact = 0;
-	int ambig = 0;
-	int indfound = 0;
-	int option_index;
-
-	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	  {
-	    optarg = nextchar;
-	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
-	    optind++;
-	  }
-	else if (optind == argc)
-	  {
-	    if (opterr)
-	      {
-		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			 argv[0], c);
-	      }
-	    optopt = c;
-	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
-	      c = ':';
-	    else
-	      c = '?';
-	    return c;
-	  }
-	else
-	  /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-
-	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
-	   table of longopts.  */
-
-	for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
-	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-	/* Test all long options for either exact match
-	   or abbreviated matches.  */
-	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
-	  if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
-	    {
-	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
-		{
-		  /* Exact match found.  */
-		  pfound = p;
-		  indfound = option_index;
-		  exact = 1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      else if (pfound == NULL)
-		{
-		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
-		  pfound = p;
-		  indfound = option_index;
-		}
-	      else
-		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
-		ambig = 1;
-	    }
-	if (ambig && !exact)
-	  {
-	    if (opterr)
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
-		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	    optind++;
-	    return '?';
-	  }
-	if (pfound != NULL)
-	  {
-	    option_index = indfound;
-	    if (*nameend)
-	      {
-		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
-		if (pfound->has_arg)
-		  optarg = nameend + 1;
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (opterr)
-		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
-%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], pfound->name);
-
-		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		    return '?';
-		  }
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	      {
-		if (optind < argc)
-		  optarg = argv[optind++];
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (opterr)
-		      fprintf (stderr,
-			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		  }
-	      }
-	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	    if (longind != NULL)
-	      *longind = option_index;
-	    if (pfound->flag)
-	      {
-		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-		return 0;
-	      }
-	    return pfound->val;
-	  }
-	  nextchar = NULL;
-	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
-      }
-    if (temp[1] == ':')
-      {
-	if (temp[2] == ':')
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      optarg = NULL;
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else if (optind == argc)
-	      {
-		if (opterr)
-		  {
-		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
-		  }
-		optopt = c;
-		if (optstring[0] == ':')
-		  c = ':';
-		else
-		  c = '?';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	      optarg = argv[optind++];
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-      }
-    return c;
-  }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
-			   (const struct option *) 0,
-			   (int *) 0,
-			   0);
-}
-
-#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
-      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == -1)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/getopt.h b/support/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b25f902..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-/* C++ is more pedantic, and demands a full prototype, not this.
-   Hope that stdlib.h has a prototype for `getopt'.  */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/support/getopt1.c b/support/getopt1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa8de6f..00000000
--- a/support/getopt1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
-   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
-   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
-   instead.  */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-      int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
-      {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
-      };
-
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == -1)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.c b/support/gnome-argp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f908628..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
-   Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-char *program_invocation_short_name;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-char *program_invocation_name;
-#endif
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.h b/support/gnome-argp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e3748b3f..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
-   Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.  */
-
-#ifndef __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-#define __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP
-/* Like strdup, but only copy N chars.  */
-extern char *strndup (const char *s, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare
-   them.  Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here.  */
-extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
-extern char *program_invocation_name;
-
-#define __mempcpy(To,From,Len) (memcpy ((To), (From), (Len)) + (Len))
-
-#endif /* __GNOME_ARGP_H__ */
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h b/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b9eae14..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-#define GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* This is required to get `size_t' on some systems. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H
-#include <gnomesupport.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <gnome-argp.h>
-
-/* Override some of config.h.
-   Gnomesupport provides the replacements for these, so you actually
-   HAVE_ them.  */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-# define HAVE_STRERROR 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
-#endif
-
-#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ */
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport.awk b/support/gnomesupport.awk
deleted file mode 100644
index e529be52..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport.awk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-# This program is used to generate gnomesupport.h
-
-# Print prologue
-BEGIN {
-  print "/* gnomesupport.h */";
-  print "/* This is a generated file.  Please modify `gnomesupport.awk' */";
-  print "";
-  print "#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_H";
-  print "#define GNOMESUPPORT_H";
-  print "";
-  print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
-  print "extern \"C\" {";
-  print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
-  print "";
-  print "#include <stddef.h>		/* for size_t */";
-}
-
-# For each `#define HAVE_FOO 1', set def["HAVE_FOO"] = 1
-/^\#define[ \t]/ { def[$2] = 1; }
-
-END {
-  if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"] || !def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "#include <stdarg.h>";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "#include <sys/types.h>";
-
-    if (def["HAVE_DIRENT_H"]) {
-      print "#include <dirent.h>";
-      print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)";
-    } else {
-      print "#define dirent direct";
-      print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen";
-      
-      if (def["HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H"])
-	print "#include <sys/ndir.h>";
-      if (def["HAVE_SYS_DIR_H"])
-	print "#include <sys/dir.h>";
-      if (def["HAVE_NDIR_H"])
-	print "#include <ndir.h>";
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETHOSTNAME"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Get name of current host.  */";
-    print "int gethostname(char */*name*/, int /*namelen*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREUID"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Set real and effective user ID. */";
-    print "int setreuid(uid_t /*ruid*/, uid_t /*euid*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREGID"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Set real and effective group ID. */";
-    print "int setregid(gid_t /*rgid*/, gid_t /*egid*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETPAGESIZE"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Get system page size. */";
-    print "size_t getpagesize(void);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_MEMMOVE"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Copies len bytes from src to dest. */";
-    print "void * memmove (void */*dest*/, const void */*src*/, size_t /*len*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_MKSTEMP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.";
-    print "   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";";
-    print "   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename";
-    print "   unique.  Returns a file descriptor open on the file for";
-    print "   reading and writing.  */";
-    print "int mkstemp (char */*template*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Scan the directory DIR, calling SELECTOR on each directory";
-    print "   entry.  Entries for which SELECTOR returns nonzero are";
-    print "   individually malloc'd, sorted using qsort with CMP, and";
-    print "   collected in a malloc'd array in *NAMELIST.  Returns the";
-    print "   number of entries selected, or -1 on error.  */";
-    print "int scandir (const char */*dir*/, struct dirent ***/*namelist*/,";
-    print "             int (*/*selector*/) (struct dirent *),";
-    print "             int (*/*cmp*/) (const void *, const void *));";
-    print "";
-    print "/* Function to compare two `struct dirent's alphabetically.  */";
-    print "int alphasort (const void */*a*/, const void */*b*/);";
-  }
-  
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRERROR"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code";
-    print "   in ERRNUM.  */";
-    print "extern char *strerror (int /*errnum*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRCASECMP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case.  */";
-    print "int strcasecmp (const char */*s1*/, const char */*s2*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRNDUP"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  The";
-    print "   resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator";
-    print "   appears before STRING[N].  */";
-    print "char * strndup (const char */*s*/, size_t /*n*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRNLEN"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN";
-    print "   characters.  If no '\\0' terminator is found in that many";
-    print "   characters, return MAXLEN.  */";
-    print "size_t strnlen (const char */*string*/, size_t /*maxlen*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOK_R"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.";
-    print "   Information passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR.  */";
-    print "char * strtok_r (char */*s*/, const char */*delim*/,";
-    print "                 char **/*save_ptr*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOD"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to double representation and return the converted value.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "double strtod (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOL"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to a long integer value according to the given base.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "long int strtol (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/, int /*base*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_STRTOUL"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
-    print "   nptr to an unsigned long integer value according to the given base.";
-    print "   If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
-    print "   last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
-    print "   location referenced by endptr. */";
-    print "unsigned long int strtoul (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/,";
-    print "                          int /*base*/);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with";
-    print "   `malloc'.  Store the address of the string in *PTR.  */";
-    print "int vasprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/,";
-    print "               va_list /*args*/);";
-    print "int asprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/, ...);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Maximum chars of output to write is MAXLEN.  */";
-    print "int vsnprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
-    print "               char */*fmt*/, va_list /*ap*/);";
-    print "int snprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
-    print "              char */*fmt*/, ...);";
-  }
-
-  if (!def["HAVE_REALPATH"]) {
-    print "";
-    print "/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name";
-    print "   does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path";
-    print "   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All path components must exist.";
-    print "   If the canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with";
-    print "   `errno' set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX";
-    print "   chars, returns the name in RESOLVED.  If the name cannot be resolved";
-    print "   and RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component";
-    print "   that cannot be resolved.  If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED";
-    print "   holds the same value as the value returned.  */";
-    print "";
-    print "char *realpath (char */*path*/, char /*resolved_path*/[]);";
-  }
-
-  print "";
-  print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
-  print "}";
-  print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
-  print "";
-  print "#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_H */";
-}
diff --git a/support/long-options.c b/support/long-options.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd2c68d6..00000000
--- a/support/long-options.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <getopt.h>
-#include "long-options.h"
-
-static struct option const long_options[] =
-{
-  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
-  {"version", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
-  {0, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-/* Process long options --help and --version, but only if argc == 2.
-   Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
-
-void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
-{
-  int c;
-  int saved_opterr;
-
-  saved_opterr = opterr;
-
-  /* Don't print an error message for unrecognized options.  */
-  opterr = 0;
-
-  if (argc == 2
-      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
-    {
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
-
-	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
-	  exit (0);
-
-	default:
-	  /* Don't process any other long-named options.  */
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Restore previous value.  */
-  opterr = saved_opterr;
-
-  /* Reset this to zero so that getopt internals get initialized from
-     the probably-new parameters when/if getopt is called later.  */
-  optind = 0;
-}
diff --git a/support/long-options.h b/support/long-options.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cb06937..00000000
--- a/support/long-options.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
-
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#endif
-
-void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
-			      const char *_command_name,
-			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
diff --git a/support/memmove.c b/support/memmove.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e257ed..00000000
--- a/support/memmove.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */
-/* This function is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-#else
-#define size_t unsigned long
-#endif
-
-void *
-memmove (s1, s2, n)
-     void *s1;
-     const void *s2;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  bcopy (s2, s1, n);
-  return s1;
-}
diff --git a/support/mkstemp.c b/support/mkstemp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 09c5a55e..00000000
--- a/support/mkstemp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define gettimeofday __gettimeofday
-#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e)
-typedef uint64_t big_type;
-#else
-#define set_errno(e) errno = (e)
-/* FIXME: maybe check for long long.  */
-typedef long big_type;
-#endif
-
-/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
-   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
-   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
-   Returns a file descriptor open on the file for reading and writing.  */
-int
-mkstemp (template)
-     char *template;
-{
-  static const char letters[]
-    = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
-  static big_type value;
-  struct timeval tv;
-  char *XXXXXX;
-  size_t len;
-  int count;
-
-  len = strlen (template);
-  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&template[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
-    {
-      set_errno (EINVAL);
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
-  XXXXXX = &template[len - 6];
-
-  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
-  gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
-  value += ((big_type) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid ();
-
-  for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count)
-    {
-      big_type v = value;
-      int fd;
-
-      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
-      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
-      v /= 62;
-      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
-
-      fd = open (template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
-      if (fd >= 0)
-	/* The file does not exist.  */
-	return fd;
-
-      /* This is a random value.  It is only necessary that the next
-	 TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to VALUE are different
-	 with (module 2^32).  */
-      value += 7777;
-    }
-
-  /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name.  */
-  template[0] = '\0';
-  return -1;
-}
diff --git a/support/popt-gnome.h b/support/popt-gnome.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 850a8cdd..00000000
--- a/support/popt-gnome.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef H_POPT
-#define H_POPT
-
-#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH	10
-
-#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0
-#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1
-#define POPT_ARG_INT		2
-#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17
-#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18
-
-/* poptBadOption() flags */
-#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /* don't go into an alias */
-
-/* poptGetContext() flags */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /* ignore exec expansions */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /* pay attention to argv[0] */
-
-struct poptOption {
-    const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argInfo;
-    void * arg;			/* depends on argInfo */
-    int val;			/* 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-};
-
-struct poptAlias {
-    char * longName;		/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argc;
-    char ** argv;		/* must be free()able */
-};
-
-typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
-
-poptContext poptGetContext(char * name, int argc, char ** argv, 
-			   const struct poptOption * options, int flags);
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con);
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no argument is available */
-char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no more options are available */
-char * poptGetArg(poptContext con);
-char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con);
-char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con);
-/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */
-char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags);
-void poptFreeContext(poptContext con);
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, char ** argv);
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags);
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, char * fn);
-/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment 
-   vars */
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv);
-/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated
-   the same as " and both may include \ quotes */
-int poptParseArgvString(char * s, int * argcPtr, char *** argvPtr);
-const char * poptStrerror(const int error);
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/popt.c b/support/popt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 886ac723..00000000
--- a/support/popt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,724 +0,0 @@
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-# include <alloca.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "findme.h"
-#include "popt.h"
-
-struct optionStackEntry {
-    int argc;
-    char ** argv;
-    int next;
-    char * nextArg;
-    char * nextCharArg;
-    struct poptAlias * currAlias;
-    int stuffed;
-};
-
-struct execEntry {
-    char * longName;
-    char shortName;
-    char * script;
-};
-
-struct poptContext_s {
-    struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH], * os;
-    char ** leftovers;
-    int numLeftovers;
-    int nextLeftover;
-    const struct poptOption * options;
-    int restLeftover;
-    char * appName;
-    struct poptAlias * aliases;
-    int numAliases;
-    int flags;
-    struct execEntry * execs;
-    int numExecs;
-    char ** finalArgv;
-    int finalArgvCount;
-    int finalArgvAlloced;
-    struct execEntry * doExec;
-    char * execPath;
-    int execAbsolute;
-};
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-static char * strerror(int errno) {
-    extern int sys_nerr;
-    extern char * sys_errlist[];
-
-    if ((0 <= errno) && (errno < sys_nerr))
-	return sys_errlist[errno];
-    else
-	return "unknown errno";
-}
-#endif
-
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute) {
-    if (con->execPath) free(con->execPath);
-    con->execPath = strdup(path);
-    con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute;
-}
-
-poptContext poptGetContext(char * name, int argc, char ** argv, 
-			   const struct poptOption * options, int flags) {
-    poptContext con = malloc(sizeof(*con));
-
-    memset(con, 0, sizeof(*con));
-
-    con->os = con->optionStack;
-    con->os->argc = argc;
-    con->os->argv = argv;
-
-    if (!(flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST))
-	con->os->next = 1;			/* skip argv[0] */
-
-    con->leftovers = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (argc + 1));
-    con->options = options;
-    con->finalArgv = malloc(sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * (argc * 2));
-    con->finalArgvAlloced = argc * 2;
-    con->flags = flags;
-    
-    if (name)
-	con->appName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(name) + 1), name);
-
-    return con;
-}
-
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con) {
-    con->os = con->optionStack;
-    con->os->currAlias = NULL;
-    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    con->os->next = 1;			/* skip argv[0] */
-
-    con->numLeftovers = 0;
-    con->nextLeftover = 0;
-    con->restLeftover = 0;
-    con->doExec = NULL;
-    con->finalArgvCount = 0;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleExec(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName) {
-    int i;
-
-    i = con->numExecs - 1;
-    if (longName) {
-	while (i >= 0 && (!con->execs[i].longName ||
-	    strcmp(con->execs[i].longName, longName))) i--;
-    } else {
-	while (i >= 0 &&
-	    con->execs[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
-    }
-
-    if (i < 0) return 0;
-
-    if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC)
-	return 1;
-
-    if (!con->doExec) {
-	con->doExec = con->execs + i;
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    /* We already have an exec to do; remember this option for next
-       time 'round */
-    if ((con->finalArgvCount + 1) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
-	con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
-	con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
-			sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
-    }
-
-    i = con->finalArgvCount++;
-    con->finalArgv[i] = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3);
-    if (longName)
-	sprintf(con->finalArgv[i], "--%s", longName);
-    else 
-	sprintf(con->finalArgv[i], "-%c", shortName);
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleAlias(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName,
-		       char * nextCharArg) {
-    int i;
-
-    if (con->os->currAlias && con->os->currAlias->longName && longName &&
-	!strcmp(con->os->currAlias->longName, longName)) 
-	return 0;
-    if (con->os->currAlias && shortName == con->os->currAlias->shortName)
-	return 0;
-
-    i = con->numAliases - 1;
-    if (longName) {
-	while (i >= 0 && (!con->aliases[i].longName ||
-	    strcmp(con->aliases[i].longName, longName))) i--;
-    } else {
-	while (i >= 0 &&
-	    con->aliases[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
-    }
-
-    if (i < 0) return 0;
-
-    if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) 
-	    == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
-	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
-    if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg)
-	con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg;
-
-    con->os++;
-    con->os->next = 0;
-    con->os->stuffed = 0;
-    con->os->nextArg = con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->currAlias = con->aliases + i;
-    con->os->argc = con->os->currAlias->argc;
-    con->os->argv = con->os->currAlias->argv;
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static void execCommand(poptContext con) {
-    char ** argv;
-    int pos = 0;
-    char * script = con->doExec->script;
-
-    argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * 
-			(6 + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount));
-
-    if (!con->execAbsolute && strchr(script, '/')) return;
-
-    if (!strchr(script, '/') && con->execPath) {
-	argv[pos] = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(script) + 2);
-	sprintf(argv[pos], "%s/%s", con->execPath, script);
-    } else {
-	argv[pos] = script;
-    }
-    pos++;
-
-    argv[pos] = findProgramPath(con->os->argv[0]);
-    if (argv[pos]) pos++;
-    argv[pos++] = ";";
-
-    memcpy(argv + pos, con->finalArgv, sizeof(*argv) * con->finalArgvCount);
-    pos += con->finalArgvCount;
-
-    if (con->numLeftovers) {
-	argv[pos++] = "--";
-	memcpy(argv + pos, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers);
-	pos += con->numLeftovers;
-    }
-
-    argv[pos++] = NULL;
-
-    setreuid(getuid(), getuid());
-
-    execvp(argv[0], argv);
-}
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con) {
-    char * optString, * chptr, * localOptString;
-    char * longArg = NULL;
-    char * origOptString;
-    long aLong;
-    char * end;
-    const struct poptOption * opt = NULL;
-    int done = 0;
-    int i;
-
-    while (!done) {
-	while (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc 
-		&& con->os > con->optionStack)
-	    con->os--;
-	if (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc) {
-	    if (con->doExec) execCommand(con);
-	    return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (!con->os->nextCharArg) {
-		
-	    origOptString = con->os->argv[con->os->next++];
-
-	    if (con->restLeftover || *origOptString != '-') {
-		con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers++] = origOptString;
-		continue;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Make a copy we can hack at */
-	    localOptString = optString = 
-			strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1), 
-			origOptString);
-
-	    if (!optString[0])
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
-	    if (optString[1] == '-' && !optString[2]) {
-		con->restLeftover = 1;
-		continue;
-	    } else if (optString[1] == '-') {
-		optString += 2;
-
-		if (handleAlias(con, optString, '\0', NULL))
-		    continue;
-		if (handleExec(con, optString, '\0'))
-		    continue;
-
-		chptr = optString;
-		while (*chptr && *chptr != '=') chptr++;
-		if (*chptr == '=') {
-		    longArg = origOptString + (chptr - localOptString) + 1;
-		    *chptr = '\0';
-		}
-
-		opt = con->options;
-		while (opt->longName || opt->shortName) {
-		    if (opt->longName && !strcmp(optString, opt->longName))
-			break;
-		    opt++;
-		}
-
-		if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-	    } else 
-		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
-	}
-
-	if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-	    origOptString = con->os->nextCharArg;
-
-	    con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-
-	    if (handleAlias(con, NULL, *origOptString,
-			    origOptString + 1)) {
-		origOptString++;
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (handleExec(con, NULL, *origOptString))
-		continue;
-
-	    opt = con->options;
-	    while ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
-		    *origOptString != opt->shortName) opt++;
-	    if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
-	    origOptString++;
-	    if (*origOptString)
-		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString;
-	}
-
-	if (opt->arg && opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_NONE) 
-	    *((int *)opt->arg) = 1;
-	else if (opt->argInfo != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
-	    if (longArg) {
-		con->os->nextArg = longArg;
-	    } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-		con->os->nextArg = con->os->nextCharArg;
-		con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-	    } else { 
-		while (con->os->next == con->os->argc && 
-		       con->os > con->optionStack)
-		    con->os--;
-		if (con->os->next == con->os->argc)
-		    return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-
-		con->os->nextArg = con->os->argv[con->os->next++];
-	    }
-
-	    if (opt->arg) {
-		switch (opt->argInfo) {
-		  case POPT_ARG_STRING:
-		    *((char **) opt->arg) = con->os->nextArg;
-		    break;
-
-		  case POPT_ARG_INT:
-		  case POPT_ARG_LONG:
-		    aLong = strtol(con->os->nextArg, &end, 0);
-		    if (*end) 
-			return POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER;
-
-		    if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX)
-			return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-		    if (opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_LONG) {
-			*((long *) opt->arg) = aLong;
-		    } else {
-			if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN)
-			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			*((int *) opt->arg) =aLong;
-		    }
-		    break;
-
-		  default:
-		    printf("option type not implemented in popt\n");
-		    exit(1);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (opt->val) done = 1;
-
-	if ((con->finalArgvCount + 2) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
-	    con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
-	    con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
-			    sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
-	}
-
-	i = con->finalArgvCount++;
-	con->finalArgv[i] = 
-		malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3);
-	if (opt->longName)
-	    sprintf(con->finalArgv[i], "--%s", opt->longName);
-	else 
-	    sprintf(con->finalArgv[i], "-%c", opt->shortName);
-
-	if (opt->arg && opt->argInfo != POPT_ARG_NONE) 
-	    con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = strdup(con->os->nextArg);
-    }
-
-    return opt->val;
-}
-
-char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con) {
-    char * ret = con->os->nextArg;
-    con->os->nextArg = NULL;
-    return ret;
-}
-
-char * poptGetArg(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-    return (con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover++]);
-}
-
-char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-    return (con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover]);
-}
-
-char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con) {
-    if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-
-    /* some apps like [like RPM ;-) ] need this NULL terminated */
-    con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers] = NULL;
-
-    return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover);
-}
-
-void poptFreeContext(poptContext con) {
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->numAliases; i++) {
-	if (con->aliases[i].longName) free(con->aliases[i].longName);
-	free(con->aliases[i].argv);
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->numExecs; i++) {
-	if (con->execs[i].longName) free(con->execs[i].longName);
-	free(con->execs[i].script);
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++)
-	free(con->finalArgv[i]);
-
-    free(con->leftovers);
-    free(con->finalArgv);
-    if (con->appName) free(con->appName);
-    if (con->aliases) free(con->aliases);
-    free(con);
-}
-
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias newAlias, int flags) {
-    int aliasNum = con->numAliases++;
-    struct poptAlias * alias;
-
-    /* SunOS won't realloc(NULL, ...) */
-    if (!con->aliases)
-	con->aliases = malloc(sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
-    else
-	con->aliases = realloc(con->aliases, 
-			       sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
-    alias = con->aliases + aliasNum;
-    
-    *alias = newAlias;
-    if (alias->longName)
-	alias->longName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(alias->longName) + 1), 
-				    alias->longName);
-    else
-	alias->longName = NULL;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int poptParseArgvString(char * s, int * argcPtr, char *** argvPtr) {
-    char * buf = strcpy(alloca(strlen(s) + 1), s);
-    char * bufStart = buf;
-    char * src, * dst;
-    char quote = '\0';
-    int argvAlloced = 5;
-    char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
-    char ** argv2;
-    int argc = 0;
-    int i;
-
-    src = s;
-    dst = buf;
-    argv[argc] = buf;
-
-    memset(buf, '\0', strlen(s) + 1);
-
-    while (*src) {
-	if (quote == *src) {
-	    quote = '\0';
-	} else if (quote) {
-	    if (*src == '\\') {
-		src++;
-		if (!*src) {
-		    free(argv);
-		    return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
-		}
-		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
-	    }
-	    *buf++ = *src;
-	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
-	    if (*argv[argc]) {
-		buf++, argc++;
-		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
-		    argvAlloced += 5;
-		    argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
-		}
-		argv[argc] = buf;
-	    }
-	} else switch (*src) {
-	  case '"':
-	  case '\'':
-	    quote = *src;
-	    break;
-	  case '\\':
-	    src++;
-	    if (!*src) {
-		free(argv);
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
-	    }
-	    /* fallthrough */
-	  default:
-	    *buf++ = *src;
-	}
-
-	src++;
-    }
-
-    if (strlen(argv[argc])) {
-	argc++, buf++;
-    }
-
-    dst = malloc(argc * sizeof(*argv) + (buf - bufStart));
-    argv2 = (void *) dst;
-    dst += argc * sizeof(*argv);
-    memcpy(argv2, argv, argc * sizeof(*argv));
-    memcpy(dst, bufStart, buf - bufStart);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-	argv2[i] = dst + (argv[i] - bufStart);
-    }
-
-    free(argv);
-
-    *argvPtr = argv2;
-    *argcPtr = argc;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) {
-    int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
-    char * opt;
-    struct poptAlias alias;
-    char * entryType;
-    char * longName = NULL;
-    char shortName = '\0';
-    
-    if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
-    line += nameLength;
-    if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return;
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    entryType = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
-    *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
-    opt = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
-    *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
-
-    if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-')
-	longName = opt + 2;
-    else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2])
-	shortName = opt[1];
-
-    if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) {
-	if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return;
-	alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName;
-	poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0);
-    } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) {
-	con->execs = realloc(con->execs, 
-				sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1));
-	if (longName)
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = strdup(longName);
-	else
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL;
-
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName;
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].script = strdup(line);
-	
-	con->numExecs++;
-    }
-}
-
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, char * fn) {
-    char * file, * chptr, * end;
-    char * buf, * dst;
-    int fd, rc;
-    int fileLength;
-
-    fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY);
-    if (fd < 0) {
-	if (errno == ENOENT)
-	    return 0;
-	else 
-	    return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    }
-
-    fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
-    lseek(fd, 0, 0);
-
-    file = alloca(fileLength + 1);
-    if ((fd = read(fd, file, fileLength)) != fileLength) {
-	rc = errno;
-	close(fd);
-	errno = rc;
-	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    }
-    close(fd);
-
-    dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
-
-    chptr = file;
-    end = (file + fileLength);
-    while (chptr < end) {
-	switch (*chptr) {
-	  case '\n':
-	    *dst = '\0';
-	    dst = buf;
-	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
-	    if (*dst && *dst != '#') {
-		configLine(con, dst);
-	    }
-	    chptr++;
-	    break;
-	  case '\\':
-	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    if (chptr < end) {
-		if (*chptr == '\n') 
-		    dst--, chptr++;	
-		    /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */
-		else
-		    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv) {
-    char * fn, * home;
-    int rc;
-
-    if (!con->appName) return 0;
-
-    rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
-    if (rc) return rc;
-    if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
-
-    if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
-	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
-	sprintf(fn, "%s/.popt", home);
-	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
-	if (rc) return rc;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags) {
-    struct optionStackEntry * os;
-
-    if (flags & POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS)
-	os = con->optionStack;
-    else
-	os = con->os;
-
-    return os->argv[os->next - 1];
-}
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-
-const char * poptStrerror(const int error) {
-    switch (error) {
-      case POPT_ERROR_NOARG:
-	return "missing argument";
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT:
-	return "unknown option";
-      case POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP:
-	return "aliases nested too deeply";
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE:
-	return "error in paramter quoting";
-      case POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER:
-	return "invalid numeric value";
-      case POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW:
-	return "number too large or too small";
-      case POPT_ERROR_ERRNO:
-	return strerror(errno);
-      default:
-	return "unknown error";
-    }
-}
-
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, char ** argv) {
-    int i;
-
-    if ((con->os - con->optionStack) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
-	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
-    for (i = 0; argv[i]; i++);
-
-    con->os++;
-    con->os->next = 0;
-    con->os->nextArg = con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-    con->os->currAlias = NULL;
-    con->os->argc = i;
-    con->os->argv = argv;
-    con->os->stuffed = 1;
-
-    return 0;
-}
diff --git a/support/popt.h b/support/popt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 850a8cdd..00000000
--- a/support/popt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef H_POPT
-#define H_POPT
-
-#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH	10
-
-#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0
-#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1
-#define POPT_ARG_INT		2
-#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17
-#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18
-
-/* poptBadOption() flags */
-#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /* don't go into an alias */
-
-/* poptGetContext() flags */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /* ignore exec expansions */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /* pay attention to argv[0] */
-
-struct poptOption {
-    const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argInfo;
-    void * arg;			/* depends on argInfo */
-    int val;			/* 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-};
-
-struct poptAlias {
-    char * longName;		/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
-    int argc;
-    char ** argv;		/* must be free()able */
-};
-
-typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
-
-poptContext poptGetContext(char * name, int argc, char ** argv, 
-			   const struct poptOption * options, int flags);
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con);
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no argument is available */
-char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no more options are available */
-char * poptGetArg(poptContext con);
-char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con);
-char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con);
-/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */
-char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags);
-void poptFreeContext(poptContext con);
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, char ** argv);
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags);
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, char * fn);
-/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment 
-   vars */
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv);
-/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated
-   the same as " and both may include \ quotes */
-int poptParseArgvString(char * s, int * argcPtr, char *** argvPtr);
-const char * poptStrerror(const int error);
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/scandir.c b/support/scandir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b45e376..00000000
--- a/support/scandir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-# include <dirent.h>
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
-#else
-# define dirent direct
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-#  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-#  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
-#  include <ndir.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-
-#define set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
-
-int
-scandir (dir, namelist, select, cmp)
-     const char *dir;
-     struct dirent ***namelist;
-     int (*select) PARAMS ((struct dirent *));
-     int (*cmp) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
-{
-  DIR *dp = opendir (dir);
-  struct dirent **v = NULL;
-  size_t vsize = 0, i;
-  struct dirent *d;
-  int save;
-
-  if (dp == NULL)
-    return -1;
-
-  save = errno;
-  set_errno (0);
-
-  i = 0;
-  while ((d = readdir (dp)) != NULL)
-    if (select == NULL || (*select) (d))
-      {
-	size_t dsize;
-
-	/* Ignore errors from select or readdir */
-	set_errno (0);
-
-	if (i == vsize)
-	  {
-	    struct dirent **new;
-	    if (vsize == 0)
-	      vsize = 10;
-	    else
-	      vsize *= 2;
-	    new = (struct dirent **) realloc (v, vsize * sizeof (*v));
-	    if (new == NULL)
-	      {
-	      lose:
-		set_errno (ENOMEM);
-		break;
-	      }
-	    v = new;
-	  }
-
-	dsize = &d->d_name[1 + NAMLEN (d)] - (char *) d;
-	v[i] = (struct dirent *) malloc (dsize);
-	if (v[i] == NULL)
-	  goto lose;
-
-	memcpy (v[i++], d, dsize);
-      }
-
-  if (errno != 0)
-    {
-      save = errno;
-      (void) closedir (dp);
-      while (i > 0)
-	free (v[--i]);
-      free (v);
-      set_errno (save);
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  (void) closedir (dp);
-  set_errno (save);
-
-  /* Sort the list if we have a comparison function to sort with.  */
-  if (cmp != NULL)
-    qsort (v, i, sizeof (*v), cmp);
-  *namelist = v;
-  return i;
-}
-
-int
-alphasort (const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-  return strcmp ((*(const struct dirent **) a)->d_name,
-		 (*(const struct dirent **) b)->d_name);
-}
diff --git a/support/strcasecmp.c b/support/strcasecmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4640372e..00000000
--- a/support/strcasecmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
-# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-#else
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-#  define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l
-#  define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc)
-# else
-#  define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
-#else
-# define LOCALE_PARAM
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif
-
-/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
-   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than,
-   equal to or greater than S2.  */
-int
-__strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM)
-     const char *s1;
-     const char *s2;
-     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
-  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2)
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++);
-      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++);
-      if (c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-}
-#ifndef __strcasecmp
-weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strerror.c b/support/strerror.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f8fff572..00000000
--- a/support/strerror.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,837 +0,0 @@
-/* Extended support for using errno values.
-   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
-   This file is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner.  */
-
-#include "config.h"
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
-   might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
-   incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
-   attributes.  So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
-   macro. */
-#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-#undef sys_errlist
-#endif
-
-/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
-extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
-#else	/* !__STDC__ */
-extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
-extern char *memset ();
-#endif	/* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifndef MAX
-#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Translation table for errno values.  See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
-   Programmers Reference Manuals.
-
-   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
-   to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
-   value.
-
-   Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
-   thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
-   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
-
-struct error_info
-{
-  int value;		/* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
-  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
-#else
-#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
-#endif
-
-static const struct error_info error_table[] =
-{
-#if defined (EPERM)
-  ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOENT)
-  ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRCH)
-  ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINTR)
-  ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIO)
-  ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENXIO)
-  ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (E2BIG)
-  ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOEXEC)
-  ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADF)
-  ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHILD)
-  ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)	/* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
-  ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAGAIN)
-  ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMEM)
-  ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EACCES)
-  ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFAULT)
-  ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTBLK)
-  ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBUSY)
-  ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EEXIST)
-  ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXDEV)
-  ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODEV)
-  ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTDIR)
-  ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISDIR)
-  ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINVAL)
-  ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENFILE)
-  ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMFILE)
-  ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTTY)
-  ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETXTBSY)
-  ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFBIG)
-  ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSPC)
-  ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESPIPE)
-  ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EROFS)
-  ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMLINK)
-  ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPIPE)
-  ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOM)
-  ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERANGE)
-  ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMSG)
-  ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIDRM)
-  ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHRNG)
-  ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
-  ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3HLT)
-  ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3RST)
-  ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELNRNG)
-  ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUNATCH)
-  ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOCSI)
-  ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2HLT)
-  ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLK)
-  ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLCK)
-  ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADE)
-  ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADR)
-  ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXFULL)
-  ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOANO)
-  ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADRQC)
-  ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADSLT)
-  ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
-  ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBFONT)
-  ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSTR)
-  ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODATA)
-  ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIME)
-  ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSR)
-  ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENONET)
-  ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPKG)
-  ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTE)
-  ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLINK)
-  ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADV)
-  ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRMNT)
-  ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECOMM)
-  ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTO)
-  ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
-  ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOTDOT)
-  ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADMSG)
-  ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
-  ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
-  ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
-  ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADFD)
-  ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMCHG)
-  ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBACC)
-  ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBBAD)
-  ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBSCN)
-  ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBMAX)
-  ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
-  ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EILSEQ)
-  ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSYS)
-  ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELOOP)
-  ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERESTART)
-  ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
-  ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
-  ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUSERS)
-  ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
-  ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
-  ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
-  ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
-  ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
-  ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
-  ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
-  ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
-  ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
-  ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETDOWN)
-  ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
-  ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETRESET)
-  ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
-  ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNRESET)
-  ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOBUFS)
-  ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISCONN)
-  ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTCONN)
-  ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
-  ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
-  ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
-  ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
-  ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
-  ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
-  ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EALREADY)
-  ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
-  ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTALE)
-  ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUCLEAN)
-  ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTNAM)
-  ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAVAIL)
-  ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISNAM)
-  ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
-  ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
-#endif
-  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
-};
-
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767)
-   lies outside the range of sys_errlist[].  */
-static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; }
-  evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" };
-#endif
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
-   errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
-
-static const char **error_names;
-static int num_error_names = 0;
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
-   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the errno value to find
-   the descriptive string.
-
-   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
-   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
-   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-static int sys_nerr;
-static const char **sys_errlist;
-
-#else
-
-extern int sys_nerr;
-extern char *sys_errlist[];
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static void init_error_tables ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
-	the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
-	indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
-
-BUGS
-
-	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
-	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
-	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
-	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
-	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
-	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
-	warn about this particular failure mode.
-
-*/
-
-static void
-init_error_tables ()
-{
-  const struct error_info *eip;
-  int nbytes;
-
-  /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
-     errno value, then go find it now. */
-
-  if (num_error_names == 0)
-    {
-      for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	{
-	  if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
-	    {
-	      num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
-     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
-      if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
-	{
-	  memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
-	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	    {
-	      error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
-     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
-  if (sys_errlist == NULL)
-    {
-      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
-      if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
-	{
-	  memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
-	  sys_nerr = num_error_names;
-	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
-	    {
-	      sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	errno_max -- return the max errno value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	int errno_max ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
-	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
-	we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
-	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
-	In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
-	should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
-	since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
-	added to the table.  Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
-	implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
-
-	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
-	symbolic name or message.
-
-*/
-
-int
-errno_max ()
-{
-  int maxsize;
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-  maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
-  return (maxsize - 1);
-}
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	char *strerror (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
-	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
-	variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
-	as the ones used by perror().
-
-	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
-	for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
-	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
-	error number.
-
-	If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
-	returns NULL.
-
-	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
-	next call to strerror.
-
-*/
-
-char *
-strerror (errnoval)
-  int errnoval;
-{
-  char *msg;
-  static char buf[32];
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
-    {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
-	msg = evmserr.msg;
-      else
-#endif
-      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
-      msg = NULL;
-    }
-  else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
-    {
-      /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
-      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
-      msg = buf;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
-      msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval];
-    }
-  
-  return (msg);
-}
-
-#endif	/* ! HAVE_STRERROR */
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	const char *strerrno (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
-	returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
-	symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
-
-	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
-	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
-	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
-	the error number.
-
-	If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
-	indices, then returns NULL.
-
-BUGS
-
-	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
-	valid until the next call to strerrno.
-
-*/
-
-const char *
-strerrno (errnoval)
-  int errnoval;
-{
-  const char *name;
-  static char buf[32];
-
-  if (error_names == NULL)
-    {
-      init_error_tables ();
-    }
-
-  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
-    {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
-	name = evmserr.name;
-      else
-#endif
-      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
-      name = NULL;
-    }
-  else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
-    {
-      /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
-      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
-      name = (const char *) buf;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
-      name = error_names[errnoval];
-    }
-
-  return (name);
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
-	strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	int strtoerrno (char *name)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
-	If no translation is found, returns 0.
-
-*/
-
-int
-strtoerrno (name)
-     const char *name;
-{
-  int errnoval = 0;
-
-  if (name != NULL)
-    {
-      if (error_names == NULL)
-	{
-	  init_error_tables ();
-	}
-      for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
-	{
-	  if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
-	      (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
-	    {
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      if (errnoval == num_error_names)
-	{
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-	  if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0)
-	    errnoval = evmserr.value;
-	  else
-#endif
-	  errnoval = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  return (errnoval);
-}
-
-
-/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
-   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
-
-#ifdef MAIN
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int errn;
-  int errnmax;
-  const char *name;
-  char *msg;
-  char *strerror ();
-
-  errnmax = errno_max ();
-  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
-  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
-  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
-
-  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
-     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
-     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
-     NULL. */
-
-  for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
-    {
-      name = strerrno (errn);
-      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
-      msg = strerror (errn);
-      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
-      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strndup.c b/support/strndup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd971e1c..00000000
--- a/support/strndup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strndup strndup
-#endif
-
-char *
-__strndup (s, n)
-     const char *s;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
-  char *new = malloc (len + 1);
-
-  if (new == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  new[len] = '\0';
-  return memcpy (new, s, len);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__strndup, strndup)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strnlen.c b/support/strnlen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab95d170..00000000
--- a/support/strnlen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
-
-size_t
-strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
-{
-  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? end - string : maxlen;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtod.c b/support/strtod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c86c73de..00000000
--- a/support/strtod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
-software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
-terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-As a special exception, if you link this library with files
-compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
-the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
-This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
-the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-extern double atof ();
-
-/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore
-   has not been tested well.  It may have been tested for nothing except
-   that it compiles.  */
-
-double
-strtod (str, ptr)
-     char *str;
-     char **ptr;
-{
-  char *p;
-
-  if (ptr == (char **)0)
-    return atof (str);
-  
-  p = str;
-  
-  while (isspace (*p))
-    ++p;
-  
-  if (*p == '+' || *p == '-')
-    ++p;
-
-  /* INF or INFINITY.  */
-  if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I')
-      && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N')
-      && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F'))
-    {
-      if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I')
-	  && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N')
-	  && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I')
-	  && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T')
-	  && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y'))
-	{
-	  *ptr = p + 7;
-	  return atof (str);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  *ptr = p + 3;
-	  return atof (str);
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* NAN or NAN(foo).  */
-  if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N')
-      && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A')
-      && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N'))
-    {
-      p += 3;
-      if (*p == '(')
-	{
-	  ++p;
-	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')')
-	    ++p;
-	  if (*p == ')')
-	    ++p;
-	}
-      *ptr = p;
-      return atof (str);
-    }
-
-  /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it.  */
-  if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.')
-    {
-      int got_dot = 0;
-      while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.'))
-	{
-	  if (*p == '.')
-	    got_dot = 1;
-	  ++p;
-	}
-
-      /* Exponent.  */
-      if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E')
-	{
-	  int i;
-	  i = 1;
-	  if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-')
-	    ++i;
-	  if (isdigit (p[i]))
-	    {
-	      while (isdigit (p[i]))
-		++i;
-	      *ptr = p + i;
-	      return atof (str);
-	    }
-	}
-      *ptr = p;
-      return atof (str);
-    }
-  /* Didn't find any digits.  Doesn't look like a number.  */
-  *ptr = str;
-  return 0.0;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtok_r.c b/support/strtok_r.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 44430dae..00000000
--- a/support/strtok_r.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* Reentrant string tokenizer.  Generic version.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#undef strtok_r
-
-/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
-   If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
-   the next starting point.  For example:
-	char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
-	char *sp;
-	x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp);	// x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
-	x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);	// x = "def", sp = NULL
-	x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);	// x = NULL
-		// s = "abc\0-def\0"
-*/
-char *
-strtok_r (s, delim, save_ptr)
-     char *s;
-     const char *delim;
-     char **save_ptr;
-{
-  char *token;
-
-  if (s == NULL)
-    s = *save_ptr;
-
-  /* Scan leading delimiters.  */
-  s += strspn (s, delim);
-  if (*s == '\0')
-    return NULL;
-
-  /* Find the end of the token.  */
-  token = s;
-  s = strpbrk (token, delim);
-  if (s == NULL)
-    /* This token finishes the string.  */
-    *save_ptr = strchr (token, '\0');
-  else
-    {
-      /* Terminate the token and make *SAVE_PTR point past it.  */
-      *s = '\0';
-      *save_ptr = s + 1;
-    }
-  return token;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtol.c b/support/strtol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b74939..00000000
--- a/support/strtol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too
-   painful.  These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex
-   constants. */
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-#define	LONG_MAX	((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))	/* 0x7FFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MIN
-#define	LONG_MIN	((long)(~LONG_MAX))		/* 0x80000000 */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to a long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-long
-strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
-	const char *nptr;
-	char **endptr;
-	register int base;
-{
-	register const char *s = nptr;
-	register unsigned long acc;
-	register int c;
-	register unsigned long cutoff;
-	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
-	/*
-	 * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
-	 * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
-	 * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
-	 */
-	do {
-		c = *s++;
-	} while (isspace(c));
-	if (c == '-') {
-		neg = 1;
-		c = *s++;
-	} else if (c == '+')
-		c = *s++;
-	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
-	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
-		c = s[1];
-		s += 2;
-		base = 16;
-	}
-	if (base == 0)
-		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
-	 * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
-	 * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
-	 * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
-	 * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
-	 * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
-	 * digit.  For instance, if the range for longs is
-	 * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
-	 * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
-	 * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
-	 * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
-	 * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
-	 *
-	 * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
-	 * overflow.
-	 */
-	cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-	cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
-	cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
-	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
-		if (isdigit(c))
-			c -= '0';
-		else if (isalpha(c))
-			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
-		else
-			break;
-		if (c >= base)
-			break;
-		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-			any = -1;
-		else {
-			any = 1;
-			acc *= base;
-			acc += c;
-		}
-	}
-	if (any < 0) {
-		acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
-		errno = ERANGE;
-	} else if (neg)
-		acc = -acc;
-	if (endptr != 0)
-		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
-	return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/strtoul.c b/support/strtoul.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 54207fa9..00000000
--- a/support/strtoul.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-unsigned long
-strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
-	const char *nptr;
-	char **endptr;
-	register int base;
-{
-	register const char *s = nptr;
-	register unsigned long acc;
-	register int c;
-	register unsigned long cutoff;
-	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
-	/*
-	 * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
-	 */
-	do {
-		c = *s++;
-	} while (isspace(c));
-	if (c == '-') {
-		neg = 1;
-		c = *s++;
-	} else if (c == '+')
-		c = *s++;
-	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
-	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
-		c = s[1];
-		s += 2;
-		base = 16;
-	}
-	if (base == 0)
-		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-	cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
-	cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
-	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
-		if (isdigit(c))
-			c -= '0';
-		else if (isalpha(c))
-			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
-		else
-			break;
-		if (c >= base)
-			break;
-		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
-			any = -1;
-		else {
-			any = 1;
-			acc *= base;
-			acc += c;
-		}
-	}
-	if (any < 0) {
-		acc = ULONG_MAX;
-		errno = ERANGE;
-	} else if (neg)
-		acc = -acc;
-	if (endptr != 0)
-		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
-	return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/vasprintf.c b/support/vasprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 64e06b88..00000000
--- a/support/vasprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
-   be freed by the caller.
-   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if __STDC__
-# include <stdarg.h>
-#else
-# include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST
-int global_total_width;
-#endif
-
-unsigned long strtoul ();
-char *malloc ();
-
-static int
-int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
-     char **result;
-     const char *format;
-     va_list *args;
-{
-  const char *p = format;
-  /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
-     to return NULL.  */
-  int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
-  va_list ap;
-
-  memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list));
-
-  while (*p != '\0')
-    {
-      if (*p++ == '%')
-	{
-	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
-	    ++p;
-	  if (*p == '*')
-	    {
-	      ++p;
-	      total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
-	    }
-	  else
-	    total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
-	  if (*p == '.')
-	    {
-	      ++p;
-	      if (*p == '*')
-		{
-		  ++p;
-		  total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
-		}
-	      else
-		total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
-	    }
-	  while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
-	    ++p;
-	  /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s
-             and floats.  */
-	  total_width += 30;
-	  switch (*p)
-	    {
-	    case 'd':
-	    case 'i':
-	    case 'o':
-	    case 'u':
-	    case 'x':
-	    case 'X':
-	    case 'c':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, int);
-	      break;
-	    case 'f':
-	    case 'e':
-	    case 'E':
-	    case 'g':
-	    case 'G':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, double);
-	      /* Since an ieee double can have an exponent of 307, we'll
-		 make the buffer wide enough to cover the gross case. */
-	      total_width += 307;
-	      break;
-	    case 's':
-	      total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
-	      break;
-	    case 'p':
-	    case 'n':
-	      (void) va_arg (ap, char *);
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#ifdef TEST
-  global_total_width = total_width;
-#endif
-  *result = malloc (total_width);
-  if (*result != NULL)
-    return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-vasprintf (result, format, args)
-     char **result;
-     const char *format;
-     va_list args;
-{
-  return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
-}
-
-int
-asprintf
-#if __STDC__
-     (char **result, const char *format, ...)
-#else
-     (result, va_alist)
-     char **result;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-  va_list args;
-  int done;
-
-#if __STDC__
-  va_start (args, format);
-#else
-  char *format;
-  va_start (args);
-  format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
-  done = vasprintf (result, format, args);
-  va_end (args);
-
-  return done;
-} 
-
-#ifdef TEST
-void
-checkit
-#if __STDC__
-     (const char* format, ...)
-#else
-     (va_alist)
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-  va_list args;
-  char *result;
-
-#if __STDC__
-  va_start (args, format);
-#else
-  char *format;
-  va_start (args);
-  format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
-  vasprintf (&result, format, args);
-  if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
-    printf ("PASS: ");
-  else
-    printf ("FAIL: ");
-  printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
-  checkit ("%200d", 5);
-  checkit ("%.300d", 6);
-  checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
-  checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
-  checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
-}
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/vsnprintf.c b/support/vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2dfb4ed..00000000
--- a/support/vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Revision 12: http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 Theo de Raadt
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-#include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-#include <setjmp.h>
-
-#ifndef roundup
-#define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y))
-#endif
-
-static int pgsize;
-static char *curobj;
-static int caught;
-static sigjmp_buf bail;
-
-#define EXTRABYTES	2	/* XXX: why 2? you don't want to know */
-
-static char *
-msetup(str, n)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-{
-	char *e;
-
-	if (n == 0)
-		return NULL;
-	if (pgsize == 0)
-		pgsize = getpagesize();
-	curobj = (char *)malloc(n + EXTRABYTES + pgsize * 2);
-	if (curobj == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-	e = curobj + n + EXTRABYTES;
-	e = (char *)roundup((unsigned long)e, pgsize);
-	if (mprotect(e, pgsize, PROT_NONE) == -1) {
-		free(curobj);
-		curobj = NULL;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	e = e - n - EXTRABYTES;
-	*e = '\0';
-	return (e);
-}
-
-static void
-mcatch()
-{
-	siglongjmp(bail, 1);
-}
-
-static void
-mcleanup(str, n, p)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *p;
-{
-	strncpy(str, p, n-1);
-	str[n-1] = '\0';
-	if (mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
-	    PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_EXEC) == -1)
-		mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
-		    PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE);
-	free(curobj);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap)
-#else
-vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *fmt;
-	char *ap;
-#endif
-{
-	struct sigaction osa, nsa;
-	char *p;
-	int ret = n + 1;	/* if we bail, indicated we overflowed */
-
-	memset(&nsa, 0, sizeof nsa);
-	nsa.sa_handler = mcatch;
-	sigemptyset(&nsa.sa_mask);
-
-	p = msetup(str, n);
-	if (p == NULL) {
-		*str = '\0';
-		return 0;
-	}
-	if (sigsetjmp(bail, 1) == 0) {
-		if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &nsa, &osa) == -1) {
-			mcleanup(str, n, p);
-			return (0);
-		}
-		ret = vsprintf(p, fmt, ap);
-	}
-	mcleanup(str, n, p);
-	(void) sigaction(SIGSEGV, &osa, NULL);
-	return (ret);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...)
-#else
-snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist)
-	char *str;
-	size_t n;
-	char *fmt;
-	va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-	va_list ap;
-#if __STDC__
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-#else
-	va_start(ap);
-#endif
-
-	return (vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap));
-	va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-